Weighing Components. Weighing Components from a Global Supplier. Catalog 2015/16

Transcription

1 Weighing Components High Precision Weigh Modules Precision Weighing Platforms Load Cells Weigh Modules Weighing Electronics Catalog 2015/16 Weighing Components from a Global Supplier

2 Automated Precision Weighing World-Class Manufacturing and Logistics Our state-of-the-art facilities build your weighing components and deliver them according to your schedule. We operate logistics hubs in Europe, the USA and Asia to guarantee fast delivery and spare parts availability. Global headquarter in Greifensee, Switzerland R & D, load cell production for high resolution Monobloc technology Logistic hub for Europe. METTLER TOLEDO Albstadt, Germany R & D and production of high precision weigh modules and terminals. METTLER TOLEDO Columbus, Ohio, USA R & D and production of weigh modules and terminals. Warehouse and distribution center for the Americas. METTLER TOLEDO Changzhou, China Production of load cells and terminals. Warehouse and distribution center for Asia. 2

3 Content Fast Increased productivity Shorter cycle times Faster filling process High Precision Weigh Modules Overview 4-5 High Precision Weigh Modules 12 Ex-High Precision Weigh Modules 48 Connection and Connectivity Modules 74 Weigh Module Configuration Software 82 Rugged Developed for harsh environments High process reliability Long service life Precise Milligram weighing in industrial environment Optimum use of materials Reliable quality control Precision Weighing Platforms Overview 4-11 High Precision Weighing Platforms 62 Precision Weighing Platforms 66 Ex-High Precision Weighing Platforms 70 Connection and Connectivity Modules 74 Power Supplies for Ex Platforms 84 Load Cells Overview 6-9 Beam Load Cells 88 Canister Load Cells 109 Tension Load Cells 115 Single Point Load Cells 121 Weigh Modules Overview 6-9 Compression Weigh Modules 142 Tension Weigh Modules 163 Direct Flexible connectivity Simple implementation Reduced investment costs Weighing Electronics Overview 10 Junction Boxes 171 Weight Transmitter 175 Weighing Terminals 179 Global Service Factory trained service and consulting personal Installation, optimization, calibration and training Preventive maintenance and repair Criteria to Select Weighing Components Load Cell/Weigh Modules Accessories Differentiation 204 Global Services to Support Your Success 206 Correct Installation Made Easy 208 3

4 Model Model Model Model Model WXS/ WXT High-Precision Weigh Modules Precision Weigh Modules Readability Model Repeatability Max. Capacity Page 0.001mg WX mg 22g 12, 16, 20, /0.01mg WX 26DU /0.006mg 11g 22g 0.01mg WX mg 220g 0.1/0.01mg WX 205DU 0.03/0.07mg 110g 220g 0.1mg WX mg 220g WMC High-Precision Weigh Modules Readability Model Repeatability Max. Capacity Page 0.01 mg WMC15-SH 0.02 mg 11g mg WMC25-SH 0.02 mg 21g 0.1 mg WMC24-SH 0.1 mg 21g WMS High-Precision Weigh Modules Readability Model Repeatability Max. Capacity Page 0.1 mg WMS104C 0.2mg 120g mg WMS mg 220g 0.1 mg WMS404C 0.1mg 410g 1 mg WMS403 1mg 410g 1 mg WMS803 1mg 820g 1 mg WMS1203C 1mg 1220g 10 mg WMS mg 4200g 10 mg WMS6002C 10mg 6200g WKR/WKL High Precision Weigh Kits Readability Model Repeatability Max. Capacity Page 0.1 mg WKR204C-S 0.1mg 220g 38 1 mg WKR603C-S 1mg 620g 10 mg WKL1502-S 10mg 1520g Model WMH High Precision Weigh Modules Readability Model Repeatability Max. Capacity Page 0.1g WMH g 15kg g WMH32 0.1g 32kg WMS High-Precision Weigh Modules Ex Zone 2 ATEX: Ex zone 2 II 3G Ex na ic IIC T6 Gc Readability Model Repeatability Max. Capacity Page 0.1 mg WMS104C 0.2mg 120g mg WMS404C 0.1mg 410g 1 mg WMS1203C 1mg 1220g 10 mg WMS6002C 10mg 6200g WM-Ex High Precision Weigh Modules ATEX: Ex zone 1 (II 2G EEx ib IIC T4) FM: Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D CSA: Intrinsically safe Exi, Class I, GP A, B, C, D, Ex ib IIC T4 4 Readability Model Repeatability Max. Capacity Page 0.1mg WM124X g 121g 54, g WM123X 0.001g 121g 0.001g WM503X 0.001g 510g 0.01g WM3002X 0.01g 3100g 0.01g WM6002X 0.01g 6100g

5 WMH-Ex High Precision Weigh Modules ATEX: Ex zone 1, 21 (II 2G EEx ib IIC T4; II 2D) FM: Class I, II, III, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G Readability Model Repeatability Max. Capacity Page 0.1g WMH15sx 0.05g 15kg g WMH32sx 0.1g 32kg WMH High Precision Weighing Platforms Readability Model Repeatability Max. Capacity Page 0.1g WMH g 15kg g WMH g 32kg 1g WMH g 60kg 1g WMH g 150kg 2g WMH 300 1g 300kg 10g WMH 600 5g 600kg 10g WMH g 600kg 20g WMH g 1500kg 50g WMH g 3000kg PBD655 Precision Weighing Platforms Certified Readability Model Repeatability Max. Capacity Page 1g PBD655-A6 0.1g 6kg 66 2g PBD655-A12 0.2g 12kg 5g PBD655-BB30 0.5g 30kg 10g PBD655-BB60 1g 60kg 10g PBD655-B60 1g 60kg 10g PBD655-BC60 1g 60kg 10g PBD655-CC60 1g 60kg 20g PBD655-B120 2g 120kg 20g PBD655-BC120 2g 120kg 20g PBD655-CC120 2g 120kg 50g PBD655-BC300 5g 300kg 50g PBD655-CC300 5g 300kg 100/200g PBD655-CC600 10g 600kg WMH-Ex High Precision Platforms ATEX: Ex zone 1, 21 (II 2G EEx ib IIC T4; II 2D) FM: Class I, II, III, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G Readability Model Repeatability Max. Capacity Page 0.1g WMH 15sx 0.05g 15kg g WMH 32sx 0.1g 32kg 1g WMH 60x 0.4g 60kg 1g WMH 150x 0.5g 150kg 2g WMH 300x 1g 300kg 10g WMH 600x 5g 600kg 10g WMH 600x 10g 600kg 20g WMH 1500x 20g 1500kg 50g WMH 3000x 50g 3000kg 5

6 Model Model Mod Model Load Cells / Weigh Modules Beam Load Cells Model / Capacities 10kg 100kg 1t 10t 100t MTB 5-500kg 0745A 110kg - 4.4t t SLB kg - 4.4t SLB kg - 4.4t Canister Load Cells Model / Capacities 10kg 100kg 1t 10t 100t t SLC t Tension Load Cells Model / Capacities 10kg 100kg 1t 10t 100t SLS410 50kg - 7.5t SLS510 50kg - 10t Aluminum Single Point Load Cells Model / Capacities 10kg 100kg 1t 10t 100t MT kg MT kg MT kg MT kg Steel Single Point Load Cells Model / Capacities 10kg 100kg 1t 10t 100t SLP kg SSH kg IL kg Compression Weigh Modules Model / Capacities 10kg 100kg 1t 10t 100t SWB505 Multimount 5kg - 4.4t SWB605 PowerMount 220kg - 4.4t 0970 Ringmount 250kg - 10t SWC515 Pinmount t SWC515 Pinmount PDX 20-90t 3390 Gagemount t Tension Weigh Mounts Model / Capacities 10kg 100kg 1t 10t 100t SWS310/SLS410 50kg - 7.5t SWS310/SLS510 50kg - 10t 6

7 Beam Load Cell MTB 0745A 0743 Capacity 5 500kg 110kg 4.4t t Applications Tank weighing, floor scales, belt scales Tank weighing, floor scales, belt scales Tank weighing, onboard weighing Approvals OIML 3000e, NTEP 3000d, 5000d OIML 3000e, NTEP 5000d OIML 3000e, NTEP 5000d ATEX Zone 1/2, 21/22 ATEX Zone 1/2, 21/22 ATEX Zone 1/2, 21/22 FM Div. 1&2 FM Div. 1&2 FM Div. 1&2 Material Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel IP Protection IP68 IP68 IP68 Pages Beam Load Cell SLB215 SLB415 Capacity 220kg 4.4t 110kg 4.4t Applications Conveyor scales, floor scales Conveyor scales, floor scales Approvals OIML 3000e, NTEP 5000d OIML 3000e, NTEP 5000d ATEX Zone 1/2, 21/22 ATEX Zone 1/2, 21/22 FM Div. 1&2 FM Div. 1&2 Material Nickel plated steel Nickel plated steel IP Protection IP67 IP67 Pages Canister Load Cell 0782 SLC610 Capacity t t Applications Vehicle weighing, tank weighing Tank weighing, floor scales, belt scales Approvals OIML 3000e, NTEP d III LM OIML 3000e/4000e, NTEP 6000d ATEX Zone 1, 1/2, 21/22 ATEX Zone 1/2, 21/22 FM Div. 1&2 FM Div. 1&2 Material Stainless steel Stainless steel IP Protection IP68 IP68 Pages S-Type Load Cells SLS410 SLS510 Capacity 50kg 7.5t 50kg 10t Applications Tension Weighing Tension Weighing Approvals OIML 3000e ATEX Zone 1/2, 21/22 FM Div. 1&2 Material Nickel plated steel Stainless steel IP Protection IP67, potted IP67, potted Pages

8 Load Cells / Weigh Modules Alu Single Point Load Cells MT1022 MT1041 MT1241 Capacity 3-30kg kg kg Applications Bench Scales, Packaging Bench Scales, Packaging Bench Scales, Floor Scales, Packaging Platform Size (mm) 350 x x x 400 Approvals OIML 3000e, NTEP 5000d OIML 3000e, NTEP 5000d OIML 3500e, NTEP 5000d ATEX Zone 1/2 & 21/22 ATEX Zone 1/2 & 21/22 ATEX Zone 1/2 & 21/22 Material Aluminum, coated Aluminum, coated Aluminum, coated IP Protection IP67 IP67 IP67 Pages Steel Single Point Load Cells SLP 845 (Available Q2/13) SSH IL Capacity kg kg kg Applications Packaging, Process Weighing Floor Scales, Packaging, Hoppers Floor Scales, Hoppers Platform Size (mm) 500 x x 500 to 800 x x 800 to 1000 x 1000 Approvals OIML 3000e, NTEP 5000d OIML 3000e ( kg) OIML 3000e ATEX Zone 1/2 & 21/22, FM Div. 1 & 2 Material Stainless steel Stainless steel Nickel plated steel IP Protection IP68/IP69k IP68 IP67 Pages Compression Weigh Modules SWB505 Multimount SWB605 PowerMount 0970 Ringmount Capacity range 5kg kg 220kg - 4.4t 250kg - 10t Applications Tanks, Conveyors, Mixers, Tank scales, conveyor scales, mixers Hygienic, Tanks, Conveyors, Mixers, CalFree Calibration CalFree Calibration, Easy replacement of CalFree Calibration load cells Approvals OIML 3000e, NTEP 5000d OIML up to e, NTEP d OIML 3000/6000e, NTEP 5000/10.000d ATEX Zone 1/2, 21/22 ATEX Zone 21/22 ATEX Zone 1/2, 2/22 FM Div. 1&2 FM Div. 2 FM Div. 1 Material Zinc plated, stainless steel 304, Zinc plated, stainless steel 304, Stainless steel 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel 316 IP Protection IP68 IP68 IP68 Pages Tension Weigh Modules SWS310/SLS410 SWS310/SLS510 Capacity range 50kg - 7.5t 50kg - 10t Applications Suspended hoppers, CalFree Calibration Suspended hoppers, CalFree Calibration Approvals OIML 3000e ATEX 1, 21, 2 FM Div. 1 & 2 Material Zinc plated steel Stainless steel, Zinc plated steel IP Protection IP67 IP67 Pages

9 MT kg Floor Scales, Packaging, Hoppers 600 x 600 OIML 3000e, NTEP 5000d ATEX Zone 1/2 & 21/22 Aluminum, coated IP SWC515 Pinmount SWC515 Pinmount PDX 3390 Gagemount t 20-90t t Tanks, Conveyors, Mixers, Tanks, Conveyors, Load Cell Diagnostic, Tanks, Conveyors, Mixers, CalFree Calibration CalFree Plus Calibration, Easy Load Cell CalFree Calibration Replacement OIML 3000/4000e, NTEP 6000/10000d C3 OIML, C6 OIML, NTEP IIIL OIML 3000e, NTEP d III LM ATEX Zone 1/2, 21/22 ATEX Zone 2/22, UL Div. 2 ATEX Zone 1/21 & 2/22 FM Div. 1&2 FM pending FM Div. 1&2 Zinc plated, stainless steel 304, Zinc plated, stainless steel 304 Nickel plated, stainless steel stainless steel IP68 IP68 and IP69K IP Accessories Applications Precision Junction Boxes Parallel connection, precision corner adjustment, CalFree Calibration Approvals ATEX Zone 1/2, 21/22 Material Stainless Steel 304, 316 IP Protection Pages 171 IP65, IP69K 9

10 Weighing Electronics Vehicle Scale Terminals From the basic IND246 to the expanded capabilities of the IND560, IND560 PDX and IND780. Our vehicle scale terminals are designed to provide a flexible system for processing inbound/outbound weighing transactions. An interactive, graphic display makes these terminals easy to operate for anyone familiar with personal computers. Power and Performance for Weighing Applications ICS Industrial Terminals The ICS Series is the ideal solution for applications in which simple weighing, counting, totalizing or checkweighing is key. Optimized for quick and easy weighing applications, they offer clearly-structured large format keys combined with the easy-to-read graphical displays for clear and fast results. IND110 Weight Transmitter The IND110 provides an economical way to connect an analog strain gauge scale or weigh modules via 4-20mA to process control equipment. IND131 Process Transmitter This newest generation of process transmitters combines ultra-fast A/D conversion and digital filtering with a compact footprint and a wide choice of process interfaces. A crisp OLED display makes configuration very convenient. Also available in a junction box design for harsh and heavy washdown applications. IND331 Process Terminal All you get from an IND131, but additionally with a panel-mountable display. The design allows to panel mount the entire terminal as well as remote installation of the display, separate from the electronic. Also available in a desk/wall-mountable harsh housing. Model IND110 IND131 / IND 131xx IND331 / IND331xx Resolution (max.) Approved 4,000 divisions, (nonapproved) 100,000 divisions, OIML Class III 6,000e, NTEP Class III/IIIL 10,000d MID approvals available 100,000 divisions, OIML Class III 6,000e NTEP Class III/IIIL 10,000d MID approvals available Housing Plastic Plastic (DIN rail) Stainless steel enclosure (J-Box) Protection IP20, Type 1 IP20, Type 1 (DIN rail); IP69k (IND131 J-Box), IP65 (IND131xx J-Box) Interfaces 4-20mA 4-20 ma, AB RIO, DeviceNet, Profi bus DP, Ethernet IP, Modbus TCP, CC-Link for IND131, ControlNet and serial with support for Modbus RTU Power 20 to 28VDC, 300 ma max VAC or 24 VDC; IND131xx available in 24VDC version only Applications Signal conversion, tank weighing Tank and simple process weighing, level indication and loss-in-weight Stainless steel front (panel) Stainless steel enclosure (harsh) IP65, Type 4x and 12 (panel front); IP66, Harsh (not approved for Haz applications) 4-20 ma, AB RIO, DeviceNet, Profibus DP, Ethernet IP, Modbus TCP, ControlNet and serial with support for Modbus RTU, CC-Link (IND331 only) VAC or 24 VDC; IND331xx available in 24VDC version only Tank and simple process weighing, level indication and loss-in-weight 10 Number of attachable scales Single platform, up to 4 load cells or weigh modules Single platform, up to Ω load cells (AC version), up to Ω load cells (DC version) or weigh modules Page Single platform, up to Ω load cells (AC version), up to Ω load cells (DC version)

11 ISB(x) Intrinsic Safety Barrier The ISB is designed specifically for use in high accuracy/high resolution weighing applications. When installed in a load cell cable between a terminal in a safe area and analog load cells in a hazardous area, the ISB limits the energy delivered into the hazardous area to prevent ignition of a potentially explosive atmosphere. RAAD Box Smart Sensor Network With the RAAD Box, conventional strain gauge load cell systems can be transformed into advanced sensor networks. Instead of analyzing the combined signal from the load cells in the system, the RAAD Box embeds intelligence into each individual load cell, enabling you to analyze your system at the lowest level. Failures can be detected immediately, guarding you against costly downtime or product waste. IND890 The Windows based IND890 Application Weighing Terminal is both a rugged industrial terminal and high-performance PC in one solution. Top efficiency and high flexibility are contained in a corrosion-resistant stainless steel housing with complete IP69k protection. The open PC architecture allows to connect up to four weighing platforms. With TouchScreen as standard. Keyboard as option. IND560 Process Terminal Choose strain gauge or high precision digital weighing technologies. Specify PLC and and network communication interfaces. Add in discrete I/O control. Combine these selections with options for control panel or desk/wall/column mounting and the IND560 is the perfect match for your process weighing applications. IND560dyn Conveyor Terminal The IND560dyn provides a robust and flexible interface to conveyor scales for inmotion weighing. Items can be weighed while crossing an analog load cell-based conveyor at speeds up to 100m/minute. Data from bar code scanners, RFID readers, or dimensioning equipment can be integrated to provide a complete transaction record. IND560x Process Terminal The intrinsically safe IND560x terminal brings uncompromising power and versatility into Division 1, Zone 1 and Zone 21 classified areas. Choose from analog or digital weighing technologies and communicate via serial, Ethernet and a variety of PLC interfaces. Easily program the IND560x or create custom applications. IND690 Application Terminal The IND690 application terminal brings high performance weighing right into wet corrosive, dusty or even hazardous environments. With a number of application pacs it is ready to go or can be customized to fit any special requirement. Available application pacs include counting, totalizing, filling, formulation, classifying and data communication. IND780 Process Terminal The new flagship for all types of demanding weighing tasks! Up to four scales, ultrafast A/D conversion and I/O update rate, multi-tasking, monochrome or coloured TFT LCD; ready-to-use application pacs, all the connectivity you ever will need, and everything configurable with the easy to learn TaskExpert programming tool. IND560/IND560xx IND560 Dyn IND560x IND690 / IND690xx IND780 Europe: Class II determined by platform, Class III 10,000e, Class IIII 1000e, Alibi Memory, MID; USA: Class II 100,000d, Class III/IIIL 10,000d; Canada: Class II 100,000d, Class III 10,000d, Class III HD 20,000d; Australia: Class III 7500e or 3 x 3000e multiple range Class III/IIIS 3,000d Europe: Class II determined by platform, Class III 10,000e, Class IIII 1000e, Alibi Memory, MID; USA: Class II 100,000d, Class III/IIIL 10,000d; Canada: Class II 100,000d, Class III 10,000d, Class III HD 20,000d; Australia: Class III 7500e or 3 x 3000e multiple range 450,000 divisions, OIML Class III 7,000e, NTEP Class III 10,000d, NTEP Class II 100,000d 1,000,000 divisions, OIML Class II 100,000d (depending on platform), OIML Class III, IIII 10,000e NTEP Class III/IIIL 10,000d, NTEP Class II 100,000d Stainless steel front (panel) Stainless steel enclosure (harsh) IP65, Type 4x and 12 (panel front), IP69k (harsh) 4-20 ma/0-10v, AB RIO, Device- Net, Profibus DP, Ethernet IP, Modbus TCP, Ethernet TCP/IP, Serial and USB Master Stainless steel front (panel) Stainless steel enclosure (harsh) IP65, Type 4x and 12 (panel front), IP69k (harsh) 4-20 ma/0-10v, AB RIO, Device- Net, Profibus DP, Ethernet IP, Modbus TCP, Ethernet TCP/IP, Serial and USB Master Stainless steel front (panel) Stainless steel enclosure (harsh) IP65, Type 4x and 12 (panel front), IP69k (harsh) 4-20 ma/0-10v, AB RIO, Device-Net, Profibus DP, Ethernet IP, Modbus TCP, Ethernet TCP/IP and Serial VAC VAC External power supply or battery pack required Process weighing applications, filling, dosing, blending, checkweighing Single platform, up to 8 analog load cells or IDNet In-motion dynamic weighing Single platform, up to 8 analog load cells or IDNet Process weighing applications, dynamic weighing Single platform, up to 4 analog load cells or IDNet Stainless steel enclosure Stainless steel enclosure IP69k, Type 4x and 12 Panel version: IP65, Type 4x and 12 Harsh version: IP69k 4-20 ma, Profibus DP, Ethernet TCP/IP, Bluetooth, WLAN, serial VAC VAC Adaptable to all types of weighing applications Up to 4 individual platforms, load cells systems or digital cells 4-20 ma/0-10v, AB RIO, DeviceNet, ControlNet, Profibus DP, Ethernet/IP, Ethernet TCP/IP, ProfiNet, Modbus TCP, USB and Serial Adaptable to all types of weighing applications, includes optimized features for Process Weighing and truck scales Up to 4 indiv. platforms, load cells systems or digital cells

12 Automated Precision Weighing Automated Weighing From Just 1 μg Flexibility for Complex Solutions WXS High-Precision Weigh Modules The sum of all advantages Avoid cross-contamination Increases speed and accuracy of automated processes Reduces cycle times High availability Minimum mounting space Fits to plenty connectivity concepts Specific accessories Automated Packaged in a compact and rugged stainless steel housing, the WXS weighing module introduces stateof-the-art technology to your automated process. Customized The adapter weighing pan allows for customer-tailored system assemblies with an additional preload of up to 13.8g. Quick to clean Efficient cleaning of the entire system is a common requirement in order to avoid cross contamination when formats and products change. The weighing pan is easily removed for cleaning. The opening exposed can be sealed with the cover supplied. Thanks to the rugged industrial plug connectors with IP67 protection, the weighing module can be rinsed with a cleaning fluid. 12

13 Model Specific Data WXS Parameter 26 26DU Maximum capacity nom. 22g 22g Readability nom mg 0.01mg Maximum capacity, fine range nom. 11g Readability, fine range nom mg Zero setting range (legal-for-trade versions) 20g 20g Measurement properties (apply to environment conditions) Specification temperature C C Specification humidity %rh %rh Specification pressure Limit values Repeatability (measured at) sd 0.003mg (20g) 0.006mg (20g) Repeatability at low load (measured at) sd 0.002mg (1g) Repeatability at fine range (measured at) sd mg (10g) Repeatability at low load, fine range (measured at) sd 0.003mg (1g) Linearity 0.02mg 0.03mg Eccentric load deviation OIML R76 (measured at) 0.03mg (10g) 0.03mg (10g) Sensitivity offset 4 x 10-6 Rnt 4 x 10-6 Rnt Sensitivity temperature drift 1) 1.5 x 10-6 / C Rnt 1.5 x 10-6 / C Rnt Sensitivity stability 2) 2.5 x 10-6 /a Rnt 2.5 x 10-6 /a Rnt Typical values Repeatability 1) typ mg x 10-8 Rgr 0.004mg + 0 Rgr Repeatability, fine range 1) typ mg + 5 x 10-8 Rgr Differential linearity deviation typ. (3 x g Rnt) (3 x g Rnt) Differential eccentric load deviation typ. 5 x 10-7 Rnt 5 x 10-7 Rnt Sensitivity offset 2) typ. 1.5 x 10-6 Rntr 1.5 x 10-6 Rntr Minimum weight (according to USP) 1) typ. 3mg + 5 x 10-5 Rgr 8mg + 0 Rgr Minimum weight (according to USP), fine range 1) typ. 4mg + 1 x 10-4 Rgr Minimum weight (@ U=1%, 2 sd) 1) typ. 0.3mg + 5 x 10-6 Rgr 0.8mg + 0 Rgr Minimum weight (@ U=1%, 2 sd) fine range 1) typ. 0.4mg + 1 x 10-5 Rgr Dynamics Settling time 3) typ. 5s 5s Settling time fine range typ. 2s Interface update rate max. 23/s 23/s Interface update rate FastHost -mode max. 92/s 92/s Weighing time 7s 7s/3s Rgr = Gross weight; Rnt = Net weight (of sample); sd = Standard deviation; a = Year (annum); 1) Temperature range C; 2) Stability of sensitivity as from first installation with FACT. 3) The stabilization time is the time between applying the weighing object and output of a stable signal under optimum environmental conditions and parameter settings. Depending on the required accuracy settling time down to 200 ms are possible as experience shows. General Specifications General data Degree of protection Weight of weigh module with standard pan Weigh module in use: IP30. Connector IP67 Weigh module with plastic cover: IP45 (wash-down configuration) Electronic unit: IP40 Terminal SWT und PWT: IP kg (nom.) Materials Housing of weigh module Stainless steel X2CrNiMo17-12 ( resp. 316L) Housing of electronic unit Stainless steel X2CrNiMo17-12 ( resp. 316L) Housing of terminal Coated die-cast zinc and plastic Standard weighing pan Stainless steel X2CrNiMo and plastic Power supply External power supply: , HEG ; Primary: V, -15%/+10%, 50/60Hz, 0.5A; Secondary: 12VDC +/-3%, 2A (electronically protected from overload) Cable for power supply Three-prong with country-specific plug Power feed-in at electronic unit 12 VDC +/-3%, 5W, max. ripple: 80mVpp. Operate only with a certified power supply with a limited SELV circuit output. Pay special attention to polarity. Ambient conditions Height above sea level to 4000m Ambient temperature 5-40 C Relative humidity Max. 80% at 31 C, decreasing lineraly to 50% at 40 C, non-condensing Warm-up time At least 60 minutes after the weigh module has been connected to the power supply; the weigh module can be used immediately if it is turned on from standby mode. 13

14 Dimensions WXS (mm) Automated Precision Weighing 14

15 Typical Configuration Available from METTLER TOLEDO Pos Item Description Item number 1 Load Cell WXS 2 WX Cable 90/ m; right angle connector < > 25 pin D-sub (accessory) WX Cable 90/ m, right angle connector < > 25 pin D-sub (incl. in delivery) WX Cable 90/5 5m, right angle connector < > 25 pin D-sub (accessory) Electronic Unit Stainless steel housing / integrated RS232 interface (incl. in delivery) 4 Cable Terminal 0.575m (accessory) Cable Terminal 0.945m (accessory) Cable Terminal 2m (incl. when delivered with SWT terminal) Terminal SWT Monochrome touch screen display (incl. in WXSS delivery) Terminal PWT Color touch screen display, multi-user functionalities (accessory) Accessories Scope of delivery Flexible glass draft shield with sliding door Second RS232C Ethernet Other interface options also available Weighing below adapter n Weigh module, cables and terminal (WXSS) n Standard weighing pan 32 mm n Adapter weighing pan 32 mm with 3xM3 threaded holes n Power Supply with AC/DC adapter, incl. country specific power cable n Mounting bracket (incl. DIN clip) n Production certificate n Quick guide Order Information WXS Model 26 26DU Standard SI units * Standard SI units * No Terminal WXS26S/15 WXS26SV/15 WSX26SDU/15 WXS26SDUV/ Monochrome Terminal WXSS26 WXSS26V WXSS26DU WXSS26DUV SWT EU legal-for-trade version. WXSS26/M WXSS26DU/M With SWT Terminal Non-EU legal-for-trade WXSS26/A WXSS26DU/A version. With SWT Terminal * Only SI units are displayed: g, mg, ct 15

16 Automated Precision Weighing Automated Weighing From Just 1 μg Flexibility for Complex Solutions WXT High-Precision Weigh Modules The sum of all advantages Avoid cross-contamination High availability Transportable analytical balance Minimum space requirements 360 accessibility Fits to plenty connectivity concepts Specific accessories 16 Maximum workspace The WXT weigh modules provide highest flexibility in setup and operation- even in locations where space is at a premium. Level control With the integrated air bubble and the leveling screws you have the level always under control. WXTP with SmartScreen As an option an illuminated, color display with touch screen is available. You can not only read data, but you can also make settings and execute functions by touching the surface of the screen. It offers profiles configured individually for up to eight users or jobs. Quick to clean Efficient cleaning of the entire system is a common requirement in order to avoid cross contamination when formats and products change. The weighing pan is easily removed for cleaning. The opening exposed can be sealed with the cover supplied. Thanks to the rugged industrial plug connectors with IP67 protection, the weighing module can be rinsed with a cleaning fluid.

17 Model Specific Data WXT Parameter 26 26DU Maximum capacity nom. 22g 22g Readability nom mg 0.01mg Maximum capacity, fine range nom. 11g Readability, fine range nom mg Zero setting range (legal-for-trade versions) 20g 20g Measurement properties (apply to environment conditions) Specification temperature C C Specification humidity %rh %rh Specification pressure Limit values Repeatability (measured at) 0.003mg (20g) 0.006mg (20g) Repeatability at low load (measured at) 0.002mg (1g) Repeatability at fine range (measured at) mg (10g) Repeatability at low load, fine range (measured at) 0.003mg (1g) Linearity 0.02mg 0.03mg Eccentric load deviation OIML R76 (measured at) 0.03mg (10g) 0.03mg (10g) Sensitivity offset 4 x 10-6 Rnt 4 x 10-6 Rnt Sensitivity temperature drift 1) 1.5 x 10-6 / C Rnt 1.5 x 10-6 / C Rnt Sensitivity stability 2) 2.5 x 10-6 /a Rnt 2.5 x 10-6 /a Rnt Typical values Repeatability 1) typ mg x 10-8 Rgr 0.004mg + 0 Rgr Repeatability, fine range 1) typ mg + 5 x 10-8 Rgr Differential linearity deviation typ. (3 x g Rnt) (3 x g Rnt) Differential eccentric load deviation typ. 5 x 10-7 Rnt 5 x 10-7 Rnt Sensitivity offset 2) typ. 1.5 x 10-6 Rntr 1.5 x 10-6 Rntr Minimum weight (according to USP) 1) typ. 3mg + 5 x 10-5 Rgr 8mg + 0 Rgr Minimum weight (according to USP), fine range 1) typ. 4mg + 1 x 10-4 Rgr Minimum weight (@ U=1%, 2 sd) 1) typ. 0.3mg + 5 x 10-6 Rgr 0.8mg + 0 Rgr Minimum weight (@ U=1%, 2 sd) fine range 1) typ. 0.4mg + 1 x 10-5 Rgr Dynamics Settling time 3) typ. 5s 5s Settling time fine range typ. 2s Interface update rate max. 23/s 23/s Interface update rate FastHost -mode max. 92/s 92/s Weighing time 7s 7s / 3s Rgr = Gross weight; Rnt = Net weight (of sample); sd = Standard deviation; a = Year (annum); 1) Temperature range C; 2) Stability of sensitivity as from first installation with FACT. 3) The stabilization time is the time between applying the weighing object and output of a stable signal under optimum environmental conditions and parameter settings. Depending on the required accuracy settling time down to 200 ms are possible as experience shows. General Specifications General data Degree of protection Weight of weigh module with standard pan Materials Housing of weigh module Housing of electronic unit Housing of terminal Standard weighing pan Power supply External power supply: Cable for power supply Power feed-in at electronic unit Weigh module in use: IP30. Connector IP67 Weigh module with plastic cover: IP45 (wash-down configuration) Electronic unit: IP40 Terminal SWT und PWT: IP kg (nom.) Stainless steel X2CrNiMo17-12 ( resp. 316L), white, powder-coated Stainless steel X2CrNiMo17-12 ( resp. 316L), white, powder-coated Coated die-cast zinc and plastic Stainless steel X2CrNiMo and plastic , HEG ; Primary: V, -15%/+10%, 50/60Hz, 0.5A; Secondary: 12VDC +/-3%, 2A (electronically protected from overload) Three-prong with country-specific plug 12 VDC +/-3%, 5W, max. ripple: 80mVpp. Operate only with a certified power supply with a limited SELV circuit output. Pay special attention to polarity. Ambient conditions Height above sea level to 4000m Ambient temperature 5-40 C Relative humidity Max. 80% at 31 C, decreasing lineraly to 50% at 40 C, non-condensing Warm-up time At least 60 minutes after the weigh module has been connected to the power supply; the weigh module can be used immediately if it is turned on from standby mode. 17

18 Dimensions WXT (mm) Automated Precision Weighing 18

19 Typical Configuration Available from METTLER TOLEDO Pos Item Description Item number 1 Load Cell WXT 2 WX Cable 90/ m; right angle connector < > 25 pin D-sub (incl. in delivery) WX Cable 90/ m, right angle connector < > 25 pin D-sub (accessory) WX Cable 90/5 5m, right angle connector < > 25 pin D-sub (accessory) Electronic Unit White coated housing / integrated RS232 interface (incl. in delivery) 4 Cable Terminal 0.575m (incl. in delivery) Cable Terminal 0.945m (accessory) Cable Terminal 2m (accesssory) Terminal SWT Monochrome touch screen display (incl. in WXTS delivery) Terminal PWT Color touch screen display, multi-user functionalities (incl. in WXTP delivery) Accessories Scope of delivery Flexible glass draft shield with sliding door Second RS232C Ethernet Other interface options also available Weighing below adapter n Weigh module, cables and terminal n Standard weighing pan 32 mm n Adapter weighing pan 32 mm with 3xM3 threaded holes n Power Supply with AC/DC adapter, incl. country specific power cable n Terminal holder (only with WXTS) n Production certificate n Quick guide Order Information WXT Model 26 26DU Standard SI units * Standard SI units * Monochrome Terminal WXTS26 WXTS26V WXTS26DU WXTS26DUV SWT Color Terminal WXTP26 WXTP26V WXTP26DU WXTS26DUV PWT EU legal-for-trade version. WXTS26/M WXTS26DU/M With SWT Terminal Non-EU legal-for-trade WXTS26/A WXTS26DU/A version. With SWT Terminal * Only SI units are displayed: g, mg, ct 19

20 Automated Precision Weighing Designed for Automation Flexibility for Complex Solutions WXS High-Precision Weigh Modules The sum of all advantages Avoid cross-contamination Increases speed and accuracy of automated processes Reduces cycle times High availability Minimum mounting space Fits to plenty connectivity concepts Specific accessories Automated Packaged in a compact and rugged stainless steel housing, the WXS weighing module introduces stateof-the-art technology to your automated process. Customized The adapter weighing pan allows for customer-tailored system assemblies with an additional preload of up to 78g. Flexible Thanks to the cable length of up to 5m and the supplied DIN rail clips, the electronic unit can be attached almost anywhere. Also available without terminal Thanks to its ultra-low profile and unlimited accessibility, the load cell can be integrated virtually anywhere, while the electronic unit and the optional terminal can be placed in any convenient location. The application decides whether and how a terminal will be used. 20

21 Model Specific Data WXS Parameter (nominal) DU 204 Maximum capacity nom. 220g 220g 220g Readability nom. 0.01mg 0.1mg 0.1mg Maximum capacity, fine range nom. 111g Readability, fine range nom. 0.01mg Zero setting range (legal-for-trade versions) 20g 20g 20g Measurement properties (apply to environment conditions) Specification temperature C C C Specification humidity %rh %rh %rh Specification pressure Limit values Repeatability (measured at) sd 0.04mg (200g) 0.07mg (200g) 0.1mg (200g) Repeatability at low load (measured at) sd 0.02mg (10g) 0.07mg (10g) Repeatability at fine range (measured at) sd 0.03mg (100g) Repeatability at low load, fine range (measured at) sd 0.02mg (10g) Linearity 0.15mg 0.2mg 0.25mg Eccentric load deviation OIML R76 (measured at) 0.3mg (100g) 0.3mg (100g) 0.4mg (100g) Sensitivity offset 2.5 x 10-6 Rnt 3 x 10-6 Rnt 4 x 10-6 Rnt Sensitivity temperature drift 1) 1.5 x 10-6 / C Rnt 1.5 x 10-6 / C Rnt 1.5 x 10-6 / C Rnt Sensitivity stability 2) 2.5 x 10-6 /a Rnt 2.5 x 10-6 /a Rnt 2.5 x 10-6 /a Rnt Typical values Repeatability 1) typ mg + 8 x 10-8 Rgr 0.04mg x 10-7 Rgr 0.05mg x 10-7 Rgr Repeatability, fine range 1) typ mg + 5 x 10-8 Rgr Differential linearity deviation typ. (5 x g Rnt) (2 x g Rnt) (5 x g Rnt) Differential eccentric load deviation typ. 6 x 10-7 Rnt 8 x 10-7 Rnt 1 x 10-6 Rnt Sensitivity offset 2) typ. 5 x 10-7 Rntr 7 x 10-7 Rntr 1 x 10-6 Rnt Minimum weight (according to USP) 1) typ. 30mg x 10-4 Rgr 80mg x 10-4 Rgr 100mg + 3 x 10-4 Rgr Minimum weight (according to USP), fine range 1) typ. 50mg + 1 x 10-4 Rgr Minimum weight (@ U=1%, 2 sd) 1) typ. 3mg x 10-5 Rgr 8mg x 10-5 Rgr 10mg + 3 x 10-5 Rgr Minimum weight (@ U=1%, 2 sd) fine range 1) typ. 5mg + 1 x 10-5 Rgr Dynamics Settling time typ. 3s 2s 2s Settling time fine range typ. 3s Setting time under good conditions 3) 0.2s 0.2s 0.2s Interface update rate max. 23/s 23/s 23/s Interface update rate FastHost -mode max. 92/s 92/s 92/s Rgr = Gross weight; Rnt = Net weight (of sample); sd = Standard deviation; a = Year (annum); 1) Temperature range C; 2) Stability of sensitivity as from first installation with FACT. 3) The stabilization time is the time between applying the weighing object and output of a stable signal under optimum environmental conditions and parameter settings. Depending on the required accuracy settling time down to 200 ms are possible as experience shows. General Specifications General data Degree of protection Weight of weigh module with standard pan Weigh module in use: IP30. Connector IP67 Weigh module with plastic cover: IP45 (wash-down configuration) Electronic unit: IP40 Terminal SWT und PWT: IP kg (nom.) Materials Housing of weigh module Stainless steel X2CrNiMo17-12 ( resp. 316L) Housing of electronic unit Stainless steel X2CrNiMo17-12 ( resp. 316L) Housing of terminal Coated die-cast zinc and plastic Standard weighing pan Stainless steel X2CrNiMo and plastic Power supply External power supply: , HEG ; Primary: V, -15%/+10%, 50/60Hz, 0.5A; Secondary: 12VDC +/-3%, 2A (electronically protected from overload) Cable for power supply Three-prong with country-specific plug Power feed-in at electronic unit 12 VDC +/-3%, 5W, max. ripple: 80mVpp. Operate only with a certified power supply with a limited SELV circuit output. Pay special attention to polarity. Ambient conditions Height above sea level to 4000m Ambient temperature 5-40 C Relative humidity Max. 80% at 31 C, decreasing lineraly to 50% at 40 C, non-condensing Warm-up time At least 60 minutes after the weigh module has been connected to the power supply; the weigh module can be used immediately if it is turned on from standby mode. 21

22 Dimensions WXS (mm) Automated Precision Weighing Scope of delivery n Weigh module, cables and terminal (WXSS) n Standard weighing pan 50 mm n Adapter weighing pan 36 mm with 3xM3 threaded holes n Power Supply with AC/DC adapter, incl. country specific power cable n Mounting bracket (incl. DIN clip) n Production certificate n Quick guide 22

23 Typical Configuration Available from METTLER TOLEDO Pos Item Description Item number 1 Load Cell WXS 2 WX Cable 90/ m; right angle connector < > 25 pin D-sub (accessory) WX Cable 90/ m, right angle connector < > 25 pin D-sub (incl. in delivery) WX Cable 90/5 5m, right angle connector < > 25 pin D-sub (accessory) Electronic Unit Stainless steel housing / integrated RS232 interface (incl. in delivery) 4 Cable Terminal 0.575m (accessory) Cable Terminal 0.945m (accessory) Cable Terminal 2m (incl. when delivered with SWT terminal) Terminal SWT Monochrome touch screen display (incl. in WXSS delivery) Terminal PWT Color touch screen display, multi-user functionalities (accessory) Accessories Pipette calibration set with evaporation trap Flexible glass draft shield with sliding door Second RS232C Ethernet Other interface options also available Weighing below adapter Order Information WXS Model DU 204 Standard SI units* Standard SI units* Standard SI units* No Terminal WXS205S/15 WXS205SV/15 WXS205SDU/15 WXS205SDUV/15 WXS204S/15 WXS204SV/ Monochrome Terminal WXSS205 WXSS205V WXSS205DU WXSS205DUV WXSS204 WXSS204V SWT EU legal-for-trade version. WXSS205/M WXSS205DU/M WXSS204/M With SWT Terminal Non-EU legal-for-trade WXSS205/A WXSS205DU/A WXSS204/A version. With SWT Terminal * Only SI units are displayed: g, mg, ct 23

24 Automated Precision Weighing Designed for Automation Flexibility for Complex Solutions WXT High-Precision Weigh Modules The sum of all advantages Avoid cross-contamination High availability Transportable analytical balance Minimum space requirements 360 accessibility Fits to plenty connectivity concepts Specific accessories Maximum workspace The WXT weigh modules provide highest flexibility in setup and operation- even in locations where space is at a premium. Simple Cleaning The WXT weigh module allows for thorough cleaning to avoid crosscontamination. Level control With the integrated air bubble and the leveling screws you have the level always under control. WXTP with SmartScreen As an option an illuminated, color display with touch screen is available. You can not only read data, but you can also make settings and execute functions by touching the surface of the screen. It offers profiles configured individually for up to eight users or jobs. 24

25 Model Specific Data WXT Parameter (nominal) DU 204 Maximum capacity nom. 220g 220g 220g Readability nom. 0.01mg 0.1mg 0.1mg Maximum capacity, fine range nom. 111g Readability, fine range nom. 0.01mg Zero setting range (legal-for-trade versions) 20g 20g 20g Measurement properties (apply to environment conditions) Specification temperature C C C Specification humidity %rh %rh %rh Specification pressure Limit values Repeatability (measured at) 0.04mg (200g) 0.07mg (200g) 0.1mg (200g) Repeatability at low load (measured at) 0.02mg (10g) 0.07mg (10g) Repeatability at fine range (measured at) 0.03mg (100g) Repeatability at low load, fine range (measured at) 0.02mg (10g) Linearity 0.15mg 0.2mg 0.25mg Eccentric load deviation OIML R76 (measured at) 0.3mg (100g) 0.3mg (100g) 0.4mg (100g) Sensitivity offset 2.5 x 10-6 Rnt 3 x 10-6 Rnt 4 x 10-6 Rnt Sensitivity temperature drift 1) 1.5 x 10-6 / C Rnt 1.5 x 10-6 / C Rnt 1.5 x 10-6 / C Rnt Sensitivity stability 2) 2.5 x 10-6 /a Rnt 2.5 x 10-6 /a Rnt 2.5 x 10-6 /a Rnt Typical values Repeatability 1) typ mg + 8 x 10-8 Rgr 0.04mg x 10-7 Rgr 0.05mg x 10-7 Rgr Repeatability, fine range 1) typ mg + 5 x 10-8 Rgr Differential linearity deviation typ. (5 x g Rnt) (2 x g Rnt) (5 x g Rnt) Differential eccentric load deviation typ. 6 x 10-7 Rnt 8 x 10-7 Rnt 1 x 10-6 Rnt Sensitivity offset 2) typ. 5 x 10-7 Rntr 7 x 10-7 Rntr 1 x 10-6 Rnt Minimum weight (according to USP) 1) typ. 30mg x 10-4 Rgr 80mg x 10-4 Rgr 100mg + 3 x 10-4 Rgr Minimum weight (according to USP), fine range 1) typ. 50mg + 1 x 10-4 Rgr Minimum weight (@ U=1%, 2 sd) 1) typ. 3mg x 10-5 Rgr 8mg x 10-5 Rgr 10mg + 3 x 10-5 Rgr Minimum weight (@ U=1%, 2 sd) fine range 1) typ. 5mg + 1 x 10-5 Rgr Dynamics Settling time typ. 3s 2s 2s Settling time fine range typ. 3s Setting time under good conditions 3) 0.2s 0.2s 0.2s Interface update rate max. 23/s 23/s 23/s Interface update rate FastHost -mode max. 92/s 92/s 92/s Rgr = Gross weight; Rnt = Net weight (of sample); sd = Standard deviation; a = Year (annum); 1) Temperature range C; 2) Stability of sensitivity as from first installation with FACT. 3) The stabilization time is the time between applying the weighing object and output of a stable signal under optimum environmental conditions and parameter settings. Depending on the required accuracy settling time down to 200 ms are possible as experience shows. General Specifications General data Degree of protection Weight of weigh module with standard pan Materials Housing of weigh module Housing of electronic unit Housing of terminal Standard weighing pan Power supply External power supply: Cable for power supply Power feed-in at electronic unit Weigh module in use: IP30. Connector IP67 Weigh module with plastic cover: IP45 (wash-down configuration) Electronic unit: IP40 Terminal SWT und PWT: IP kg (nom.) Stainless steel X2CrNiMo17-12 ( resp. 316L), white, powder-coated Stainless steel X2CrNiMo17-12 ( resp. 316L), white, powder-coated Coated die-cast zinc and plastic Stainless steel X2CrNiMo and plastic , HEG ; Primary: V, -15%/+10%, 50/60Hz, 0.5A; Secondary: 12VDC +/-3%, 2A (electronically protected from overload) Three-prong with country-specific plug 12 VDC +/-3%, 5W, max. ripple: 80mVpp. Operate only with a certified power supply with a limited SELV circuit output. Pay special attention to polarity. Ambient conditions Height above sea level to 4000m Ambient temperature 5-40 C Relative humidity Max. 80% at 31 C, decreasing lineraly to 50% at 40 C, non-condensing Warm-up time At least 60 minutes after the weigh module has been connected to the power supply; the weigh module can be used immediately if it is turned on from standby mode. 25

26 Dimensions WXT (mm) Automated Precision Weighing Scope of delivery n Weigh module, cables and terminal n Standard weighing pan 50mm n Adapter weighing pan 36mm with 3xM3 threaded holes n Power Supply with AC/DC adapter, incl. country specific power cable n Terminal holder (only with WXTS) n Production certificate n Quick guide 26

27 Typical Configuration Available from METTLER TOLEDO Pos Item Description Item number 1 Load Cell WXT 2 WX Cable 90/ m; right angle connector < > 25 pin D-sub (incl. in delivery) WX Cable 90/ m, right angle connector < > 25 pin D-sub (accessory) WX Cable 90/5 5m, right angle connector < > 25 pin D-sub (accessory) Electronic Unit White coated housing / integrated RS232 interface (incl. in delivery) 4 Cable Terminal 0.575m (incl. in delivery) Cable Terminal 0.945m (accessory) Cable Terminal 2m (accesssory) Terminal SWT Monochrome touch screen display (incl. in WXTS delivery) Terminal PWT Color touch screen display, multi-user functionalities (incl. in WXTP delivery) Accessories Pipette calibration set with evaporation trap Flexible glass draft shield with sliding door Second RS232C Ethernet Other interface options also available Weighing below adapter Order Information WXT Model DU 204 Standard SI units* Standard SI units* Standard SI units* Monochrome Terminal WXTS205 WXTS205SV WXTS205DU WXTS205SDUV WXTS204 WXTS204V SWT Color Terminal WXTP205 WXTP205V WXTP205DU WXTP205DUV WXTP204 WXTP204V PWT EU legal-for-trade version WXTS205/M WXTS205DU/M WXTS204/M With SWT Terminal Non-EU legal-for-trade version WXTS205/A WXTS205DU/A WXTS204/A With SWT Terminal * Only SI units are displayed: g, mg, ct 27

28 Automated Precision Weighing The New Dimension in Automated Precision Weighing WMC Ultra-Compact Precision Weigh Modules Highest degree of miniaturization supports single or multi-sensor integration in precision weighing applications where installation space is a premium. The WMC features a revolutionary design and is believed to be the smallest high-precision weighing sensor in the world. In-process control and embedded weighing is now possible in any critical operation in your instrument or system. Ultra-Compact The WMC weighing modules feature state-of-the-art weighing performance in a sensor with a revolutionary 1 inch width. Precise Do not let size deceive you: this sensor resolves 2,000,000 divisions with highest precision and quick stabilization. Versatile Compact size, rugged design and direct connectivity offer flexible integration in checkweighing and dispensing applications in laboratory and production environments. Expandable Integrate these sensors as single units or as parallel weighing arrays and achieve highest throughput. 28

29 Model Specific Data WMC Parameter (nominal) WMC24-SH WMC15-SH WMC25-SH Maximum capacity nom. 21g 11g 21g Readability nom. 0.1mg 0.01mg 0.01mg Measurement properties (apply to environment conditions) Specification temperature C C C Specification humidity %rh %rh %rh Specification pressure Limit values Repeatability (measured at) sd 0.1mg (20g) 0.02mg (10g) 0.02mg (20g) Repeatability at low load (measured at) sd 0.08mg (5g) 0.012mg (5g) 0.012mg (5g) Linearity ±0.2mg ±0.05mg ±0.05mg Eccentric load deviation, 2mm offset (measured at) 0.4mg (10g) 0.12mg (5g) 0.12mg (10g) Sensitivity offset 1) 4 x 10-6 Rnt 4 x 10-6 Rnt 4 x 10-6 Rnt Sensitivity temperature drift 2) %/ Rnt %/ Rnt %/ Rnt Dynamics Settling time 3) typ. 2.5s 2.5s 3s Setting time (at three times specified repeatability) 3) 0.6s 0.6s 0.7s Interface update rate max. 23/s 23/s 23/s Interface update rate FastHost -mode max. 92/s 92/s 92/s Rnt = net weight (of sample); 1) Applies only after adjustment at nominal capacity with an OIML E1 weight; 2) Temperature range C; 3) The time between placing the weighed object on the weigh module and indication of a stabilized weight value under optimal and environmental conditions. General Specifications General data Degree of protection Weight of load cell with standard pan and cable Load cell in use: IP30 Load cell with plastic cover: t.b.d. (wash-down configuration) Electronic unit: IP40 Terminal SWT und PWT: IP54 413g (nom.) Materials Housing of load cell Polished chromium steel X2CrNiMo17-12 ( resp. 316L) Housing of electronic unit Stainless steel X2CrNiMo17-12 ( resp. 316L) Housing of terminal (option) Coated die-cast zinc and plastic Standard weighing pan Chromium steel X2CrNiMo and plastic Adapter weighing pan Plastic (PEEK CF30) Power supply External power supply , HEG ; Primary: V, -15%/+10%, 50/60Hz, 0.5A; Secondary: 12VDC +/-3%, 2A (electronically protected from overload) Cable for power supply Three-prong with country-specific plug Power feed-in at electronic unit 12 VDC +/-3%, 5W, max. ripple: 80mVpp. Operate only with a certified power supply with a limited SELV circuit output. Pay special attention to polarity. Ambient conditions Height above sea level to 4000m Ambient temperature 5-40 C Relative humidity Max. 80% at 31 C, decreasing lineraly to 50% at 40 C, non-condensing Warm-up time At least 60 minutes after the weigh module has been connected to the power supply; the weigh module can be used immediately if it is turned on from standby mode. 29

30 Dimensions WMC mm (inch) Automated Precision Weighing 30

31 Possible Configurations PLC or PC WMC Electronics Unit Communication Module RS232 RS232 Ethernet (optional) RS232 Fieldbus PLC WMC Electronics Unit RS232 Accessories SWT Terminal Item number Interfaces Item number Model Item number Touchscreen, monochrome display, including 2 terminal cables (0.575m and 2m long), including protective covering and documentation Second RS232C Ethernet TCP/IP Other interface options also available Straight tips, for weights 1 mg 20 g, length 115 mm Straight tips, for weights 1 mg 20 g, length 220 mm Straight tips, for weights 20 mg 200 g, length 140 mm Bent tips, for weights 20 g 200 g, length 200 mm Bent tips, for weights 1 mg 200 g, length 130 mm E2 Weight in plastic box, including Item number certificate 5 g g g Scope of delivery n Load cell with 3m cable n Electronic unit n Adapter weighing pan 14mm n Standard weighing pan 15mm n Power Supply with AC/DC adapter, incl. Country specific power cable n Mounting bracket (incl. DIN clip) n Production certificate n Quick Guide Order Information Model Item number WMC25-SH WMC15-SH WMC24-SH

32 Automated Precision Weighing Designed for Automation Compact Precision Weighing WMS Precision Weigh Modules Automated processes with their demanding standards and quality requirements ask more and more for highresolution weigh modules. These modules must be easily integrated into plants, machines and instruments. The WMS precision weigh modules meet these customer demands simply and effectively. High Precision Designed to meet the most demanding customer specifications. The WMS is a high speed high accuracy weigh module with a readability up to 0.1 mg Rugged Design The 316L (1.4404) stainless steel housing with FDA-compliant seal and the rugged industrial plug connector with IP67 protection ensure high levels of reliability. Flexible Platforms Customer specific adapters can easily be fixed to the square shaped weighing platform which is rigidly connected by means of a patented locking device to the weigh module. Functionality Test The module can be checked at any time with the internal calibration weight. Adapters on weighing pan don t have to be removed for calibration if they weigh less than 50% of full load. 32

33 Model Specific Data WMS Models with internal adjustment Parameter WMS104C WMS404C WMS1203C WMS6002C Maximum Capacity nom. 120 g 410 g 1220 g 6200 g Readability nom. 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 1 mg 10 mg Measurement properties (properties apply to environmental conditions) Specification temperatures C C C C Specification humidity %rh %rh %rh %rh Limit values Repeatability (at nominal load) sd 0.12 mg 0.1 mg 1 mg 10 mg Linearity deviation sd 0.25 mg 0.4 mg 3 mg 30 mg Eccentricity deviation (test load) OIML R76 sd 0.5 mg (50 g) 1 mg (200 g) 5 mg (500 g) 50 mg (2000 g) Sensitivity offset (test load) 0.5 mg (100 g) 2 mg (400 g) 10 mg (1200 g) 80 mg (6000 g) Sensitivity temperature drift %/ C Rnt %/ C Rnt %/ C Rnt %/ C Rnt Sensitivity stability %/a Rnt %/a Rnt %/a Rnt %/a Rnt Typical values Repeatability typ mg 0.08 mg 0.8 mg 6 mg Differential linearity deviation typ mg 0.25 mg 2 mg 19 mg Eccentric load deviation (test load) typ. 0.2 mg (100 g) 0.6 mg (200 g) 3 mg (500 g) 32 mg (2000 g) Sensitivity offset 1) typ mg (100 g) 0.95 mg (400 g) 2.9 mg (1200 g) 24 mg (6000 g) Minimum weight (according to USP) 160 mg 160 mg 1600 mg mg Minimum weight (@ U=1%, 2 sd) 16 mg 16 mg 160 mg 1200 mg Dynamics Settting time 2) typ. 0.8s 0.8s 0.8s 0.8s Setting time under good conditions 2) 0.15s 0.15s 0.15s 0.15s Interface update rate max. 92/s 92/s 92/s 92/s Models without internal adjustment Parameter WMS204 WMS403 WMS803 WMS4002 Maximum Capacity nom. 220 g 410 g 820 g 4200 g Readability nom. 0.1 mg 1 mg 1 mg 10 mg Measurement properties (properties apply to environmental conditions) Specification temperatures C C C C Specification humidity %rh %rh %rh %rh Limit values Repeatability (at nominal load) sd 0.2 mg 1 mg 1 mg 10 mg Linearity deviation sd 0.4 mg 2 mg 3 mg 30 mg Eccentricity deviation (test load) OIML R76 sd 1 mg (100 g) 2 mg (200 g) 5 mg (500 g) 50 mg (2000 g) Sensitivity offset (test load) 1 mg (200 g) 2 mg (400 g) 7 mg (800 g) 50 mg (4000 g) Sensitivity temperature drift %/ C Rnt %/ C Rnt %/ C Rnt %/ C Rnt Sensitivity stability %/a Rnt %/a Rnt %/a Rnt %/a* Rnt Typical values Repeatability typ mg 0.5 mg 0.8 mg 8 mg Differential linearity deviation typ mg 1.3 mg 2 mg 20 mg Eccentric load deviation (test load) typ. 0.6 mg (100 g) 1 mg (200 g) 3 mg (500 g) 32 mg (2000 g) Minimum weight (according to USP) 240 mg 1000 mg 1600 mg mg Minimum weight (@ U=1%, 2 sd) 24 mg 100 mg 160 mg 1600 mg Dynamics Settting time 2) typ. 0.8s 0.8s 0.8s 0.8s Setting time under good conditions 2) 0.15s 0.15s 0.15s 0.15s Interface update rate max. 92/s 92/s 92/s 92/s Rnt = net weight (of sample); sd = Standard deviation; a = Year (annum); 1) Applies only after adjustment at nominal capacity with an OIML E2 weight; 2) The time between placing the weighed object on the weighing module and indication of a stabilized weighing value under optimal environmental conditions. 33

34 General Specifications Automated Precision Weighing Power supply Power supply voltage 12 to 24 V DC nominal (10-29 V DC) Power requirement at 24 VDC (typical) In operation 2.5 W Electrical connection Connector 19pin male, Typ Binder, series 423 Interfaces 2400 to baud, 7 or 8 bits, parity: no, even, odd, 1 or 2 stop bits, handshake: no, hardware, Xoff/Xon RS-232C bidirectional, full duplex RS-422 bidirectional, full duplex, bus-capable, termination with 120 ohms Digital Input VDC, 5mA Digital Output VDC, 0.5A Air connection (wash-down version) Tube diameter external 4 mm (5/32 inch) Tube diameter internal 2.5 mm (1/10 inch) Nominal (recommended) 1.0 bar (14.5 psi) IP protection (in operational state with weighing plate/platform in place) When weighing (protected with double-labyrinth) IP54 When cleaning wash-down (seal activated with 1 bar IP66 air pressure) Typical service life of seals (normal environmental 2 years conditions) Allowable ambient conditions Operating temperature range +10 to +30 C Allowable ambient temperature range +5 to +40 C (40 to 105 F) Height above mean sea level max m (13,330 feet) Relative air humidity (at 30 C / 85 F) Max. 80% at 31 C, decreasing lineraly to 50% at 40 C, non-condensing Warm-up time At least 30 minutes after the WMS weigh module has been connected to the mains Materials Housing, baseplate Stainless steel X2CrNiMo17-12 ( resp. 316L) Weighing platform ø 54mm, 58x58mm Aluminum, chrome plated or Stainless steel X2CrNiMo ( or 316L) Seal between flange and housing FPM 50 Shore A, black, FDA-compliant Seal between baseplate and housing FPM 65 Shore A, black FDA-compliant Bellows of wash-down version NBR 50 Shore, black, antistatic mixture no. 13-NBR/033-50A-0099 Surface roughness of housing N7 or better Order Information 34 With internal adjustment Without internal adjustment Long base plate Short base plate Long base plate Short base plate Labyrinth Below connector WMS104C-L WMS104C-L/10 WMS204-L WMS204-L/ '149'500 11'149'510 WMS404C-L WMS404C-L/10 WMS403-L WMS403-L/10 11'152'100 11'152'110 11'149'600 11'149'610 WMS1203C-L WMS1203C-L/10 WMS803-L WMS803-L/10 11'152'200 11'152'210 11'149'700 11'149'710 WMS6002C-L WMS6002C-L/10 WMS4002-L WMS4002-L/10 11'152'300 11'152'310 11'149'800 11'149'810 Rear connector WMS104C-L/01 WMS104C-L/11 WMS204-L/01 WMS204-L/ '149'504 11'149'514 WMS404C-L/01 WMS404C-L/11 WMS403-L/01 WMS403-L/11 11'152'104 11'152'114 11'149'604 11'149'614 WMS1203C-L/01 WMS1203C-L/11 WMS803-L/01 WMS803-L/11 11'152'204 11'152'214 11'149'704 11'149'714 WMS6002C-L/01 WMS6002C-L/11 WMS4002-L/01 WMS4002-L/11 11'152'304 11'152'314 11'149'804 11'149'814 Wash-Down Below connector WMS104C-W WMS104C-W/10 WMS204-W WMS204-W/10 30'008'491 30'008'494 11'149'501 11'149'511 WMS404C-W WMS404C-W/10 WMS403-W WMS403-W/10 11'152'101 11'152'111 11'149'601 11'149'611 WMS1203C-W WMS1203C-W/10 WMS803-W WMS803-W/10 11'152'201 11'152'211 11'149'701 11'149'711 WMS6002C-W WMS6002C-W/10 WMS4002-W WMS4002-W/10 11'152'301 11'152'311 11'149'801 11'149'811 Scope of delivery: WMS weigh module Weighing platform (if included in the order) WMS short instruction Production certificate CE Declaration of Conformity

35 Short base plate and square weighing platform with connector on the bottom Long base plate and square weighing platform with connector on the bottom Connector on the bottom (Top view) WM Cable 180M/5 (5m) WM Cable 180M/10 (10m) WM Cable 90M/5 (5m) WM Cable 90M/10 (10m) WM Cable 90H/10 (10m) WM Cable 90B/10 (10m)

36 Short base plate and square weighing platform with connector on the rear Automated Precision Weighing Long base plate and square weighing platform with connector on the rear Connector on the rear (Back view) 36 WM Cable 180M/5 (5m) WM Cable 180M/10 (10m) WM Cable 90M/5 (5m) WM Cable 90M/10 (10m) WM Cable 90H/10 (10m) WM Cable 90B/10 (10m)

37 Typical Configurations 7 Available from METTLER TOLEDO 8 11a/11b Third party product 1 2 3a/3b a/11b a/3b 10 Pos Item Description Item number 1 Weigh Module WMS Different models available (without weighing platform) see order inform. 2 Connection Cable 19 pin Connector < > open leads see accessories 3a WMS ConBlock Connection Module b ConBox Connection Module with IP Profibus Module Incl. connection cable for configuration Profinet Module Incl. connection cable for configuration DeviceNet Module Incl. connection cable for configuration Ethernet IP Module Incl. connection cable for configuration CC-Link Module Incl. connection cable for configuration Cable, 1 m D-Sub 9 male < > open leads Customer cable Fieldbus cable 7 PLC 8 PC or Laptop For configuration and service purpose 9 Standard RS232 cable DB9 male/female 10 Customer cable Connection to PLC through RS232 or RS422 11a Weighing platform Square 58 x 58 mm, ordered together with weigh module b Weighing platform Round ø 54mm, for up to 410g ordered together with weigh module Accessories Extension arms WMS Adapter pan, stainless steel X2CrNiMo ( or 316L) WMS Adapter 55mm, aluminum, chrome plated WMS Adapter 80mm, aluminum, chrome plated Weighing platforms Round weighing platform, ø 54mm, Square weighing platform 58 x 58 mm Aluminim, chrome, plated Stainless Steel Stainless steel cover for top weighing interface Connection module WMS ConBlock WMS ConBlock IP Leveling aid WM levelling bubble

38 Automated Precision Weighing Designed for Automation Cost-Effective Weighing Solution WKR/WKL Precision Weigh Kits The weigh kit WKR/WKL is specially designed as a lean, standard OEM weighing cell for mounting into machines or instruments. It provides accurate and fast results at optimal speed. The kit offers the most economical way of high performance on board weighing. Flexible Deployment The weigh kit s peripheral circuit boards can be placed where they fit best. This enables maximum utilization of the limited space inside a machine or instrument. Functionality Testing Check the module any time with the integrated calibration weight. Adapters on the weighing pan don t have to be removed for calibration if they weigh less than 25% of the full load. Suspended Loads A hook is attached to the bottom of the weigh module. It can be used for tensile loading such as density determination. Overload protection is still ensured. Configuration Tool A computer-based software for parameterization, diagnostics, and data backup makes getting started easy. This allows the WKR/WKL kit to be customized for virtually any application. 38

39 Model Specific Data WKR/WKL Parameter WKR204C-S WKR603C-S WKL1502-S Maximum capacity nom. 220 g 620 g 1520 g Readability nom. 0.1 mg 1 mg 10 mg Repeatability (at nom. load) sd 0.1 mg 1 mg 10 mg Linearity deviation sd 0.2 mg 2 mg 20 mg Eccentricity deviation (test load) 0.4 mg (100 g) 4 mg (200 g) 30 mg (1000 g) Sensitivity offset (test load) 1 mg (200 g) 15 mg (600 g) 300 mg (1500 g) Sensitivity temperature drift % / C % / C % / C Minimum weight (acc. to USP) 0.3 g 3 g 21 g Minimum weight (U=1%, k=2) 0.02 g 0.2 g 0.14 g Settling time * typ. 2 s 1.5 s 1 s External adjustment weight g g 1000 g Built-in calibration weight yes yes no * The time between placing the weighed object on the weighing module and indication of a stabilized weighing value under optimal environmental conditions. General Specifications Dimensions [mm] Load cell (LxWxH) x 92 x 65 Mainboard (LxW) 110 x 70 Connector board (LxW) 65.5 x 40 Interfaces Interfaces RS-232C (bi-directional, full duplex) Interface update rate (max.) 23 updates/s Power supply Power supply voltage 12 VDC, 0.84 ADC Power consumption Typical: 2.5 W, Adjustment: 6 W, At power-on: 20 W (<100ms) Materials Protection housing material Plastic LPS-V2 Ambient Conditions Operating temperature C Allowable ambient temperature 5 40 C Relative humidity 15 % - 80 %, non-condensing Max. height above sea level 4000 m Order Information Item number Model Internal Technology Adjustment WKR204C-S Yes MFR WKR603C-S Yes MFR WKL1502-S No Strain Gage Scope of delivery All WKR/WKL models are supplied by default with the following items: n Load cell n Main board n Connector board n Connection cables n WKR/WKL short instructions n CE declaration of conformity Accessories Power Supply Universal AC adapter: Input: VAC, 50-60Hz, 0.8AAC Output: 12 VDC, 0.84 ADC Display with Keypad Auxiliary display including keypad to show weight values Weighing Pan Ø 90 mm for WKR204C-S: Ø 120 mm for WKR603C-S & WKL1502-S: nd RS232 Interface To connect a second control device to the weigh kit

40 Dimensions WKR/WKL (mm) Automated Precision Weighing Weigh Kit Weighing Pans 120 mm 90 mm Display Thickness of the display: 15 mm 40

41 Connector Board 66 mm 60 ± 0.2 mm 2nd Interface 66 mm 60 ± 0.2 mm 23 mm 23 mm 23 mm 4 mm Main Board Thickness of the Main Board: 10 mm 41

42 Automated Precision Weighing Typical Configuration Pos. Item Description Item number 1 Load Cell WKR204C-S, WKR603C-S or WKL1502-S Included in the scope of delivery of the load cell 2 Main Board Provides the connection of the load cell to the RS232 interface, power supply and auxiliary display (if ordered) 3 Connector Board Provides the RS232 interface and power connection for the load cell 4 Protection Housing Protects the load cell from damages. Made of electrically conductive plastic 5 Weighing Pan Weighing pan support and stainless steel pan Ø 90 mm for WKR204-S Ø 120 mm for WKR603C-S & WKL1502-S 6 Display Auxiliary display which shows weight values and the responses of the load cell to user generated actions Keypad for Display Contains buttons to interact with the load cell Included in the scope of delivery of the display 42

43 Cable Lengths Pos. Item Description Length 1 Internal adjustment This cable provides the connection for the internal 150 mm cable calibration feature of the weigh kit. It is not present by WKL1502-S. 2 Connection cable This cable provides the connection of the weigh kit 280 mm to the mainboard. 3 Power cable This cable provides the connection between the connector board and the mainboard. 340 mm 43

44 Automated Precision Weighing Designed for Automation High Precision Load Cells WMH High Precision Weigh Module Customer benefits Weighing range 15 kg and 32 kg Directly connects to control systems Increases speed and accuracy of filling processes Optimizes the use of valuable materials Enhances process safety by increasing precision Reduces cycle times Increases production volume Minimizes downtimes Filling GMP-compatible filling of active substances 38 updates per second, flexible configuration options, monitoring functions integrated into the sensor with digital outputs for optimum filling processes. Reliable Process WMH sensors always deliver reliable and exact results even in the most difficult environments. Ensuring you are always on the safe side with formula, dosing and qualitycheck applications. 44

45 Model Specific Data Load Cell Unit WMH15 WMH32 Load Cell size (LxWxH) mm 252x180x87 252x180x87 Max. load kg Max. recommended preload* kg 4 0 Preload range** kg 7 3 Max. preload for internal adjustment/primary calibration by user kg 8 14 Max. preload for external adjustment kg Min. weight for external adjustment kg 5 10 Min. weight for primary calibration by user kg Readability (HR) g Repeatability (s) g Linearity (typ.) g± * After the preload has been put in place, no adjustment by the customer is necessary. ** These preloads can be added without reducing the nominal maximum capacity. General Specifications Degree of protection IP 66/67 Material of housing Permissible temperature range 0 to 40 C for performance according to accuracy class II, -10 C to 40 C for performance according to accuracy class III Data transmission rate Up to 38 update values per second Tare resp. zero setting range From zero to maximum load Data interfaces RS232 and RS422, direct connection without terminal, Profibus DP, DeviceNet and Ethernet with additional modules (accessories) Power supply 10 to 28 V DC Electrical connection 19 pin plug Power consumption In operation: 2.5 W Accessories Order Information Model Item number WMH15S WMH32S WM Cable 180M/5 (5m) WM Cable 180M/10 (10m) WM Cable 90M/5 (5m) WM Cable 90M/10 (10m) WM Cable 90H/10 (10m) WM Cable 90B/10 (10m)

46 Automated Precision Weighing Dimensions WMH15/WMH32 (mm) Scope of delivery n WMH... Load Cell n Quick guide n Labels to mark cables and/or plugs 46

47 Typical Configurations 7 Available from METTLER TOLEDO 8 Third party product a/3b a/3b 10 Pos Item Description Item number 1 Platform WMH see order information 2 Connection cable 19 pin connector < > open leads see accessories 3a 3b ConModule ConBlock IP66 Connection module Connection module with IP66 housing Profibus Module Incl. connection cable for configuration Profinet Module Incl. connection cable for configuration DeviceNet Module Incl. connection cable for configuration Ethernet IP Module Incl. connection cable for configuration CC-Link Module Incl. connection cable for configuration Cable, 1m D-Sub 9 male < > open leads Customer cable Fieldbus cable 7 PLC 8 PC or Laptop For configuration and service purpose 9 Standard RS232 cable DB9 male/female 10 Customer cable Connection to PLC through RS232 or RS

48 Automated Precision Weighing Designed for Automation in Hazardous Environment, Zone 2 WMS Ex Zone 2 Precision Weigh Modules Automated processes with their demanding standards and quality requirements ask more and more for highresolution weigh modules. These modules must be easily integrated into plants, machines and instruments. The WMS precision weigh modules meet these customer demands simply and effectively. High Precision Designed to meet the most demanding customer specifications. The WMS is a high speed high accuracy weigh module with a readability up to 0.1 mg Rugged Design The 316L (1.4404) stainless steel housing with FDA-compliant seal and the rugged industrial plug connector with IP67 protection ensure high levels of reliability. Flexible Platforms Customer specific adapters can easily be fixed to the square shaped weighing platform which is rigidly connected by means of a patented locking device to the weigh module. Functionality Test The module can be checked at any time with the internal calibration weight. Adapters on weighing pan don t have to be removed for calibration if they weigh less than 50% of full load. 48

49 Model Specific Data WMS Ex Zone 2 Models with internal adjustment Parameter WMS104C-LX WMS404C-LX WMS1203C-LX WMS6002C-LX Maximum Capacity nom. 120 g 410 g 1220 g 6200 g Readability nom. 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 1 mg 10 mg Measurement properties (properties apply to environmental conditions) Specification temperatures C C C C Specification humidity %rh %rh %rh %rh Limit values Repeatability (at nominal load) sd 0.12 mg 0.1 mg 1 mg 10 mg Linearity deviation sd 0.25 mg 0.4 mg 3 mg 30 mg Eccentricity deviation (test load) OIML R76 sd 0.5 mg (50 g) 1 mg (200 g) 5 mg (500 g) 50 mg (2000 g) Sensitivity offset (test load) 0.5 mg (100 g) 2 mg (400 g) 10 mg (1200 g) 80 mg (6000 g) Sensitivity temperature drift %/ C Rnt %/ C Rnt %/ C Rnt %/ C Rnt Sensitivity stability %/a Rnt %/a Rnt %/a Rnt %/a Rnt Typical values Repeatability typ mg 0.08 mg 0.8 mg 6 mg Differential linearity deviation typ mg 0.25 mg 2 mg 19 mg Eccentric load deviation (test load) typ. 0.2 mg (100 g) 0.6 mg (200 g) 3 mg (500 g) 32 mg (2000 g) Sensitivity offset 1) typ mg (100 g) 0.95 mg (400 g) 2.9 mg (1200 g) 24 mg (6000 g) Minimum weight (according to USP) 160 mg 160 mg 1600 mg mg Minimum weight (@ U=1%, 2 sd) 16 mg 16 mg 160 mg 1200 mg Dynamics Settting time 2) typ. 0.8s 0.8s 0.8s 0.8s Setting time (at 3 x specified repeatability) 2) 0.15s 0.15s 0.15s 0.15s Interface update rate max. 92/s 92/s 92/s 92/s Rnt = net weight (of sample); sd = Standard deviation; a = Year (annum); 1) Applies only after adjustment at nominal capacity with an OIML E2 weight; 2) The time between placing the weighed object on the weighing module and indication of a stabilized weighing value under optimal environmental conditions. Order Information With internal adjustment Long base plate Flush base plate Labyrinth Below connector WMS104C-LX WMS104C-LX/ WMS404C-LX WMS404C-LX/ WMS1203C-LX WMS1203C-LX/ WMS6002C-LX WMS6002C-LX/ Rear connector WMS104C-LX/01 WMS104C-LX/ WMS404C-LX/01 WMS404C-LX/ WMS1203C-LX/01 WMS1203C-LX/ WMS6002C-LX/01 WMS6002C-LX/ Scope of delivery: WMS weigh module Square weighing platform (Aluminum, chrome plated) WMS short instruction Production certificate CE Declaration of Conformity 49

50 General Specifications Automated Precision Weighing Compliance Protection type according to ATEX II 3G Ex na ic IIC T6 Gc Power supply Power supply voltage VDC +20% / -15% (min max. 29 VDC) Power requirement at 24 VDC (typical) During normal weighing <= 1.5 W During calibration <= 3.0 W Electrical connection Connector 19pin male, Typ Binder, series 423 Interfaces 2400 to baud, 7 or 8 bits, parity: no, even, odd, 1 or 2 stop bits, handshake: no, hardware, Xoff/Xon RS-232C Bidirectional, full duplex RS-422 Bidirectional, full duplex, bus-capable, termination with 120 ohms Digital Input VDC, 5mA Digital Output VDC, 0.5A Air connection (wash-down version) Tube diameter external 4 mm (5/32 inch) Tube diameter internal 2.5 mm (1/10 inch) Nominal (recommended) 1.0 bar (14.5 psi) IP protection (in operational state with weighing plate/platform in place) Degree of protection IP44 Application range For use only in closed and clean interior rooms Ex hazardous area, Zone 2 Gas Groups IIA, IIB and IIC, T6 Typical service life of seals (normal environmental 2 years conditions) Allowable ambient conditions Operating temperature range +10 to +30 C Allowable ambient temperature range +5 to +40 C (40 to 105 F) Height above mean sea level Max m (13,330 feet) Relative air humidity (at 30 C / 85 F) Max. 80% at 31 C, decreasing lineraly to 50% at 40 C, non-condensing Warm-up time At least 30 minutes after the WMS weigh module has been connected to the mains Materials Housing, baseplate Stainless steel X2CrNiMo17-12 ( resp. 316L) Weighing platform 58x58mm Aluminum, chrome plated or Stainless steel X2CrNiMo ( or 316L) Seal between flange and housing FPM 50 Shore A, black, FDA-compliant Seal between baseplate and housing FPM 65 Shore A, black, FDA-compliant Surface roughness of housing N7 or better Accessories WM Cable 180M/5 (5m) WM Cable 180M/10 (10m) WM Cable 90M/5 (5m) WM Cable 90M/10 (10m) WM Cable 90H/10 (10m) Square weighing platform 58 x 58 mm Aluminum, chrome plated Stainless Steel Connection module WMS ConBlock WMS ConBlock IP WM Cable 90B/10 (10m) Leveling aid WM levelling bubble

51 Short base plate and square weighing platform with connector on the bottom Long base plate and square weighing platform with connector on the bottom Connector on the bottom (Top view) WM Cable 180M/5 (5m) WM Cable 180M/10 (10m) WM Cable 90M/5 (5m) WM Cable 90M/10 (10m) WM Cable 90H/10 (10m) WM Cable 90B/10 (10m)

52 Short base plate and square weighing platform with connector on the rear Automated Precision Weighing Long base plate and square weighing platform with connector on the rear Connector on the rear (Back view) 52 WM Cable 180M/5 (5m) WM Cable 180M/10 (10m) WM Cable 90M/5 (5m) WM Cable 90M/10 (10m) WM Cable 90H/10 (10m) WM Cable 90B/10 (10m)

53 Typical Configurations 7 Available from METTLER TOLEDO Third party product 1 2 3a/3b a/3b 10 Pos Item Description Item number 1 Weigh Module WMS Different models available, including weighing platform see order inform. 2 Connection Cable 19 pin Connector < > open leads see accessories 3a WMS ConBlock Connection Module b ConBlock IP66 Connection Module with IP66 housing Profibus Module Incl. connection cable for configuration Profinet Module Incl. connection cable for configuration DeviceNet Module Incl. connection cable for configuration Ethernet IP Module Incl. connection cable for configuration CC-Link Incl. connection cable for configuration Cable, 1 m D-Sub 9 male < > open leads Customer cable Fieldbus cable 7 PLC 8 PC or Laptop For configuration and service purpose 9 Standard RS232 cable DB9 male/female 10 Customer cable Connection to PLC through RS232 or RS422 11a Weighing platform Square 58 x 58 mm, ordered together with weigh module b Weighing platform Round ø 54mm, ordered together with weigh module

54 Automated Precision Weighing Designed for Automation Intrinsically Safe High Precision WM124X, WM503X, WM6002X (Zone 1; Class I, Div. 1) Customer benefits Weighing range from 120 g to 6 kg Up to 0.1 mg readability (WM124) Directly connects to control systems Increase speed and accuracy of filling processes Optimizes the use of valuable materials Enhances process safety by increasing precision Reduces cycle times Increases production volume Minimizes downtimes Built-in adjustment weight Safe area Hazardous area Rugged Proven METTLER TOLEDO MonoBloc technology. Stainless steel housing with smooth surface IP66 in wash-down configuration, troublefree cleaning with water jet. Built-in overload and torsion protection. Direct Efficient data transfer to process control systems via APS768x power supply unit. Optional Profibus DP, DeviceNet or Ethernet communication via accessory modules. Bellows Air connection Wash-down Option IP66 The wash-down option, which is fitted at the factory, is a world-unique seal underneath the weighing plate which is activated by air pressure. It allows the module to be cleaned with a water jet and, at the same time, protects the weighing sensor against dynamic overloading, because in its activated state it blocks the weighing plate. You can see whether or not your weighing module is fitted with the wash-down option from the type designation. 54

55 Model Specific Data WM124X/WM503X/WM6002X Unit WM124X WM503X WM6002-X Maximum load after switching on with base load (nominal maximum load) g Nominal readability g Repeatability (sd); with factory settings and normal environmental conditions g Linearity ( C) g ± ±0.002 ±0.04 Base load (equals weight of original weighing platform) g 60 1) 60 1) 260 2) Maximum static overload in vertical direction without overload protection g Underload starts from g Theoretical maximum preload (additional to base load) g Maximum preload when adjusting / testing with built-in weight g Nominal value of built-in weight g Size of weighing platform with steel cover (standard) mm 60x60 60x60 80x80 Size of weighing platform without steel cover mm 58x58 58x58 78x78 Preload when using the steel cover for the 60x60 mm / 80x80 mm weighing g platform Shortest weighing time for checking a weight of at least 5 % of the maximum weight with a deviation from the final value of Shortest weighing time for checking a weight of at least 5 % of the maximum weight with a deviation from the final value of s g s g Sensitivity drift during warming-up phase (30 minutes) g Zero-point drift during warming-up phase (30 minutes) g ) The steel cover of the weighing platform (60 x 60mm) is NOT part of the base load. Available maximum load reduced by 38g. 2) The steel cover of the weighing platform (80x80mm) is part of the base load. General Specifications Electrical connection Power supply Data interfaces Data transmission Compliance Protection type according to ATEX 95 FM approval Air connection (wash-down version) Tube diameter external Tube diameter internal Air pressure (wash-down version) Nominal (recommended) Air pressure maximum IP protection (in operational state with weighing plate/ platform in place) When weighing (protected with double-labyrinth) When cleaning wash-down (seal activated with 0.5 bar air pressure) Typical service life of seals (normal environmental conditions) APS768x, 230 V AC, 160 ma RS232 and RS422 via ACM200 communication module up to 38 update values per second II 2 G EEx ib IIC T4 Class I, II, III, Division 1, Groups A-G, T4 4 mm (5/32 inch) 2.5 mm (1/10 inch) 0.5 bar (7.25 psi) 1.0 bar (14.5 psi) IP44 IP66 2 years Allowable ambient conditions Operating temperature range +10 to +30 C Allowable ambient temperature range +5 o +40 C (40 to 105 F) Height above mean sea level max m 1) (13,330 feet) Rel. air humidity (use of WM Ex modules only in enclosed interior spaces) max. 85 % Rh (at 30 C/85 F) Materials Housing, baseplate Stainless steel (316L) Weighing platform cover, flange Stainless steel Weighing plate support 58x58mm & 78x78 mm Aluminium, chrome plated Seal between flange and upper part of housing NBR 70 Shore A, black, qual. L8030 Seal between baseplate and upper part of housing NBR, Shore A, beige, qual. L7604 Bellows of wash-down version NBR 50 Shore, black, antistatic, mixture no. 13-NBR/033-50A-0099 Surface roughness of housing N7 or better 1) If the AC adapter needed to supply power to the module used at a height greater than 2000 meter above mean sea level, it must fulfill the standards applying for this height) 55

56 Dimensions WM124X/WM503X/WM6002X (mm) Automated Precision Weighing 42 Ø 5.3 (4x) M3 (4x) / rubber gasket Ø 60 / Ø 80 Ø 54 6 / 8 95 (31) Dimensions Terminal Box (mm) (34) Hole pattern (mm) (58) (46) Ø Ø ±1 126±1 Example: 45 / 50 = WM124X and WM503X / WM6002X 45 / 50 (64) (36) Screw thread M5 or Ø5.5 Weighing pan Accessories Order Information Model Item number Remarks WM124x-WCL Wash-down WM503x-WCL Wash-down WM6002X-WCL Wash-down Leveling bubble

57 Typical Configurations Hazardous Area 10 Available from METTLER TOLEDO Third party product Safe Area Hazardous Area Safe Area Pos Item Description Item Number(s) 1 Weigh Module WM-Ex module with attached cable 0.3 m see order information 2 Terminal-Box and 6-wire Ex-i cable (5 m) Included in the delivery content of the weigh module 2a Longer Ex-Cable (option) 6 wire; up to max. 100 m Longer Ex-Cable; connects from Terminal-Box to APS768x APS768x power supply unit Power supply unit in hazardous area; available for 3 mains voltage levels: 120 V V wire Ex-i cable (10 m) Included in the delivery content of the ACM200 communication module 4a Longer Ex-cable (option) 4 wire; up to 100 m Longer Ex-Cable; connects from APS768x to ACM a 6b 7 ACM200 communication module Data communication cable for RS232 interface Data communication cable for RS422/485 interface Gender Changer (9 pins) (Male-to-Male) Communication module in safe area; available with AC/DC feed-in & RS232/ RS422/485 data interface: AC feed-in DC feed-in Length: 10 m; Included in the delivery content of the ACM200 communication module Data communication cable has to be defined and provided by the end user. Required outer cable dia meter is 4-8 mm. Necessary to connect two cables with the same gender. Gender Changer has to be provided by the end user. RS RS422/ RS RS422/ Fieldbus Module Incl. connection cable for configuration see order information 9 Customer cable Fieldbus cable 10 PLC Scope of delivery n Weigh module with weighing platform and attached cable (30 cm) n Plastic stopper to protect the cone opening n Terminal box, blue coated incl. supply converter and PG adapter n 5 m Ex cable, 6-lead n Quick Guide 57

58 Automated Precision Weighing Designed for Integration Intrinsically Safe High Precision WMH-Ex Load Cells Customer benefits Weighing range 15 kg and 32 kg Directly connects to control systems Increases speed and accuracy of filling processes Optimizes the use of valuable materials Enhances process safety by increasing precision Reduces cycle times Increases production volume Minimizes downtimes Safe area Hazardous area Hazardous Areas The WMH-Ex is designed for use in automated processes in hazardous environments (Zone 1, 21; Class I, II, III, Div. 1) connectable without terminal. Direct Efficient data transfer to process control systems via APS768x power supply unit. 58

59 Model Specific Data WMH-Ex Model Unit WMH15sx WMH32sx Load Cell size (LxWxH) mm 252x180x87 252x180x87 Max. load kg Max. recommended preload* kg 4 0 Preload range** kg 7 3 Max. preload for internal adjustment/primary calibration by user kg 8 14 Max. preload for external adjustment kg Min. weight for external adjustment kg 5 10 Min. weight for primary calibration by user kg Readability (HR) g Repeatability (s) g Linearity (typ.) g± * After the preload has been put in place, no adjustment by the customer is necessary. ** These preloads can be added without reducing the nominal maximum capacity. General Specifications Protection type according to ATEX 95 II 2 G EEx ib IIC T4; II 2 DIP 66/67 T 55 C FM approval Class I, II, III, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G Degree of protection IP 66/67 Permissible temperature range 0 to 40 C for performance according to accuracy class II -10 C to 40 C for performance according to accuracy class III Data transmission rate Up to 19 update values per second Tare resp. zero setting range From zero to maximum load Power supply APS768x, 230 V AC, 160 ma Data interface RS232 and RS422 via ACM200 communication module, Profibus DP, DeviceNet and Ethernet with additional modules (accessories) Order Information If used as spare load cell Model Item number WMH15sx-cl WMH32sx-cl Additional parts if the load cell is used as independent component Pieces Description Item number 2 Adapter Pg11-M16x1, Supply converter PSU/PSUx Housing compl. (blue box) Connecting cable Ex-i,5m,6-core

60 Dimensions WMH-Ex (mm) Automated Precision Weighing 156±0.5 A 6±0.2 4±0.1 A-A (1:1) Ø14.5±0.2 M5 (4) 21±0.2 Ø28±0.1 A 180±0.5 M5 threads to be used for fixation of load cell 7±0.2 recommended for centering of customer interface 2x M5 for fixation of load introduction 2x M5 threads to be used for fixation of load cell 251.5± ± ±0.5 45±0.3 7±0.2 35±0.3 3± ± ± ± ± ±0.5 23±0.2 2x M5 threads to be used for fixation of load cell 26.5± ± ± ±0 85.5±0.3 (1:5) Scope of delivery n WMH-Ex... Load Cell n Quick guide 60

61 Typical Configurations Hazardous Area Safe Area 10 Available from METTLER TOLEDO 8 9 Third party product Hazardous Area Safe Area Pos Item Description Item Number(s) 1 Weigh Module WM-Ex module with attached cable 0.3 m see order information 2 2a Terminal-Box and 6-wire Ex-i cable Longer Ex-Cable (option) 6 wire; up to max. 100 m 3 APS768x power supply unit Adapter Pg11-M16x1,5: 2 pieces Connector board: 1 piece Housing compl. (blue box): 1 piece Connecting cable Ex-i,5m,6-core: 1 piece Longer Ex-Cable; connects from Terminal-Box to APS768x Power supply unit in hazardous area; available for 3 mains voltage levels: 120 V V wire Ex-i cable (10 m) Included in the delivery content of the ACM200 communication module 4a Longer Ex-cable (option) 4 wire; up to 100 m Longer Ex-Cable; connects from APS768x to ACM a 6b 7 ACM200 communication module Data communication cable for RS232 interface Data communication cable for RS422/485 interface Gender Changer (9 pins) (Male-to-Male) Communication module in safe area; available with AC/DC feed-in & RS232/ RS422/485 data interface: AC feed-in DC feed-in Length: 10 m; Included in the delivery content of the ACM200 communication module Data communication cable has to be defined and provided by the end user. Required outer cable dia meter is 4-8 mm. Necessary to connect two cables with the same gender. Gender Changer has to be provided by the end user. RS RS422/ RS RS422/ Fieldbus Module Incl. connection cable for configuration see order information 9 Customer cable Fieldbus cable 10 PLC 61

62 Automated Precision Weighing Designed for Automation Direct Connection Weighing Platforms WMH Weighing Platforms Customer benefits The sum of all the advantages Weighing range from 15 kg to 3000 kg Directly connects to control systems Increases speed and accuracy of filling processes Optimizes the use of valuable materials Enhances process safety by increasing precision Reduces cycle times Increases production volume Minimizes downtimes Filling GMP-compatible filling of active substances 38 updates per second, flexible configuration options, monitoring functions integrated into the sensor with digital outputs for optimum filling processes. Reliable Process WMH sensors always deliver reliable and exact results even in the most difficult environments. Ensuring you are always on the safe side with formula, dosing and qualitycheck applications. Rugged design Proven METTLER TOLEDO Mono- Bloc technology and platform me chanism. All platforms and loadplates available in same material as respective K-line platforms, IP66/67 protection, trouble-free cleaning. Overload protection built into platform mechanism. Easy to clean Thanks to the raisable load plate (option) of the WMH sk models, thorough cleaning is easier than ever before. 62

63 Typical Configurations 7 Available from METTLER TOLEDO 8 Third party product a/3b a/3b 10 Pos Item Description Item number 1 Platform WMH see order information 2 Connection cable 19 pin connector < > open leads see accessories 3a 3b ConModule ConBlock IP66 Connection module Connection module with IP66 housing Profibus Module Incl. connection cable for configuration Profinet Module Incl. connection cable for configuration DeviceNet Module Incl. connection cable for configuration Ethernet IP Module Incl. connection cable for configuration CC-Link Module Incl. connection cable for configuration Cable, 1m D-Sub 9 male < > open leads Customer cable Fieldbus cable 7 PLC 8 PC or Laptop For configuration and service purpose 9 Standard RS232 cable DB9 male/female 10 Customer cable Connection to PLC through RS232 or RS422 General Specifications Degree of protection IP 66/67 Permissible temperature range 0 to 40 C for performance according to accuracy class II, -10 C to 40 C for performance according to accuracy class III Data transmission rate Up to 38 update values per second Tare resp. zero setting range From zero to maximum load Data interfaces RS232 and RS422, direct connection without terminal, Profibus DP, DeviceNet and Ethernet with additional modules (accessories) Power supply 10 to 28 V DC Electrical connection 19 pin plug Power consumption In operation: 2.5 W 63

64 Model Specific Data WMH Automated Precision Weighing Floor/pit scale Order Information Platform Scale finish Load plate finish 15 kg 32 kg 60 kg 150 kg WMHA s-22 Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel WMHB -22 Powder coated Stainless steel s-22 Stainless steel Stainless steel WMHCC -22 Powder coated Stainless steel s-22 Stainless steel Stainless steel WMHCS -22 Enameled (painted) Hot galvanized s-22 Stainless steel Stainless steel WMHC -22 Enameled (painted) Hot galvanized s-22 Stainless steel Stainless steel WMHD -22 Hot galvanized WMHE -22 Hot galvanized WMHES sk-22 Stainless steel Raisable load plate, stainless steel skp-22 Stainless steel Raisable load plate, stainl. steel, pattern Hot galvanized kg sk-22 Stainless steel Raisable load plate, stainless steel skp-22 Stainless steel Raisable load plate, stainl. steel, pattern WMHA WMHB WMHCC WMHCS Platform size mm 350x x x x800 Scale height (min. max.) mm Max. load kg Max. recommended preload* kg Preload range** kg Max. preload for internal adjustment kg and primary calibration by user Max. preload for external adjustment kg Min. weight for external adjustment kg Min. weight for primary calibration by kg user Readability (HR) g Repeatability (s) g Linearity (typ.) g± Max. static safe central load kg Max. static safe side load kg Max. static safe corner load kg Cable compatibility 1) 1) 3) 2) 2) 1) 2) * After the preload has been put in place, no adjustment by the customer is necessary. ** These preloads can be added without reducing the nominal maximum capacity. 1) WM cable 180M/.. 2) WM cable 90H/.. (with cable connecting horizontally to the right, when looking at load cell) 3) WM cable 90B/.. (with cable connecting horizontally to the left, when looking at load cell) * V4A (AISI316; EN ; X5CrNiMo V2A (AISI304; EN ; X5CrNi18-10) Dimensions Weighing Platform (mm) Dimensions WM Cables (mm) W D WM Cable 180M/ Ø 7.6 ±0.4 H 20 Model W D H WMHA WMHB WMHCC WMHCS WMHC WMHD WMHE WMHES WM Cable 90H/ WM Cable 90B/ 20 Ø 7.6 ±0.4 64

65 WMHCS WMHC WMHD WMHE WMHES x x x x x ) 2) 2) 2) 1) 1) 2) 1) 2) 2) 1) 2) Optional load plate Load plate must be ordered separately 300 kg 600 kg 1500 kg 3000 kg V2A * V4A * Painted black Hot galvanized Stainless steel Accessories WMH-line offers a wide range of platform sizes and accessories from roller tracks to pit frames. Platform sizes and accessories are equal to K-line. Scope of delivery n WMH... platform n Quick guide n Labels to mark cables and/or plugs For the WMHD, WMHE and WMHES platforms, the load plates must be ordered separately. WM Cable 180M/5 (5m) WM Cable 180M/10 (10m) WM Cable 90H/10 (10m) WM Cable 90B/10 (10m)

66 Automated Precision Weighing Designed for Automation Precision Weighing Platforms PBD655 Precision Weighing Platforms The PBD655 precision weighing platforms are designed for easy integration into filling machines, feeders, conveyors and control or counting devices. Their truly digital weighing technology has an excellent immunity against electromagnetic influences. All platforms provide fast and accurate weight results, which can be approved to 6000e according to OIML and 10000d according to NTEP kg Versatile Product Range The PBD655 is a family consisting of different platform sizes and capacities. In combination with accessories, it offers flexibility for the designing customized solutions. Protected Against Damage The weighing platform is protected against strong lateral and vertical forces that result during loading, unloading or even a malfunction of an automated handling device. Fast Communication with Control System Fieldbus modules with parameter detection and integrated command set facilitate commissioning. Direct connection with 90 updates per second is available via RS422. Convenient Software Configuration Tool Computer-based software for parameterization, diagnostics, and data backup makes getting started easy. It allows you to customize the weighing platform for your specific needs. 66

67 General Specifications Resolution Ingress Protection Material Load cell Nominal temperature range Update rate Tare range Zero range Data interface protocol Input voltage Electrical connection Cable length (ex Load Cell) Power consumtion up to 60'000d OIML Class III, 6 000e (600kg - 2x3 000e MR) (default at delivery 6 000d) NTEP Class III, d (600kg - not approvable) (default at delivery d) IP65 Platform frame: Powder coated, carbon steel / Load plate: Brushed stainless steel (AISI304) Aluminum potted -10 C to 40 C according OIML & NTEP Class III Up to 90 values per second From zero to maximum load 18% of the maximum load RS422 Standard. With additional modules (accessories), RS232, Profibus DP, Device Net and Ethernet 6 to 18 V DC 6 pin plug or 6 wire pig tail with 5 m extension cable (accessory) 2.5 m (7.5 m incl. the pig tail extension cable) In operation: 0.6 Watt Data PBD655 Parameter PBD655-A6 PBD655-A12 PBD655-BB30 PBD655-BB60 PBD655-B60 PBD655-B120 Maximum capacity nom. 6 kg 12 kg 30 kg 60 kg 60 kg 120 kg Approvable readability nom. 1 g 2 g 5 g 10 g 10 g 20 g Preload range* 0.72 kg 4.64 kg 8.1 kg 23.6 kg 17.8 kg 47 kg Platform size 240x300 mm 300x400 mm 400x500 mm Platform heights 80 to 90 mm 86 to 96 mm Limit values Repeatability, Linearity, Eccentricity According OIML 6 000e / NTEP d, Class III Nominal temperature range -10 C +40 C Maximum humidity 85% not condensing Max. static safe central load** 40 kg 40 kg 100 kg 100 kg 200 kg 200 kg Max. static safe side load** 30 kg 30 kg 70 kg 70 kg 140 kg 140 kg Max. static safe corner load** 15 kg 15 kg 35 kg 35 kg 75 kg 75 kg Typical values (at environmental conditions) Repeatability typ. 0.1 g 0.2 g 0.5 g 1 g 1 g 2 g Linearity typ. 0.2 g 0.5 g 1 g 2 g 2 g 5 g Excentric load deviation typ. 0.5 g 1 g 2.5 g 5 g 5 g 10 g Parameter PBD655-BC60 PBD655- BC120 PBD655- BC300 PBD655-CC60 PBD655- CC120 PBD655- CC300 PBD655-CC600 Maximum capacity nom. 60 kg 120 kg 300 kg 60 kg 120 kg 300 kg 600 kg Approvable readability nom. 10 g 20 g 50 g 10 g 20 g 50 g 100/200 g Preload range* 14.7 kg 93.9 kg kg 6.4 kg 85.6 kg kg 19.2 kg Platform size 500x650 mm 600x800 mm Platform heights 110 to 120 mm 120 to 130 mm Limit values Repeatability, Linearity, Eccentricity According OIML 6 000e / NTEP d, Class III Nominal temperature range -10 C +40 C Maximum humidity 85% not condensing Max. static safe central load** 400 kg 400 kg 400 kg 700 kg 700 kg 700 kg 700 kg Max. static safe side load** 300 kg 300 kg 300 kg 400 kg 400 kg 400 kg 400 kg Max. static safe corner load** 150 kg 150 kg 150 kg 200 kg 200 kg 200 kg 200 kg Typical values (at environmental conditions) Repeatability typ. 1 g 2 g 5 g 1 g 2 g 5 g 10 g Linearity typ. 2 g 5 g 10 g 2 g 5 g 10 g 20 g Excentric load deviation typ. 5 g 10 g 20 g 5 g 10 g 20 g 50 g 1. *These preloads can be added without reducing the nominal maximum capacity 2. **No damage on the mechanical construction 67

68 Typical Configurations 8 Available from METTLER TOLEDO Automated Precision Weighing Third party product Pos Item Description Item number 1 Platform PBD655 (incl. ~2.5 meter cable and M12 connector) see order information 2 5 meter cable M12 female to open leads meter cable extension M12 female to M12 male Clamps Clamps for wiring Third-party product 5 Cable Connection to PLC Third-party product 6 Profibus Module Incl. Connection cable for configuration Profinet Module Incl. Connection cable for configuration DeviceNet Module Incl. Connection cable for configuration Ethernet IP Module Incl. Connection cable for configuration CC-Link Module Incl. connection cable for configuration Cable, 1 m D-Sub 9 male to open leads PLC Third-party product 68

69 Dimensions Front view Side view c d a b ee f ff h gg Model Dimension a b c d e f g h PBD655-A... mm PBD655-BB mm PBD655-B mm PBD655-BC mm PBD655-CC mm Order Information Type Order Number EU & Asia Americas PBD655-A PBD655-A PBD655-BB PBD655-BB PBD655-B PBD655-B PBD655-BC PBD655-BC PBD655-BC PBD655-CC PBD655-CC PBD655-CC PBD655-CC Accessories 5 Meter cable extension (M12 plug to pig tail) meter cable extension (two M12 plugs) Scope of delivery n PBD655 platform incl. load plate n Instruction for installation and operation 69

70 Automated Precision Weighing Designed for Automation Intrinsically Safe High Precision WMH-Ex Weighing Platforms Customer benefits Weighing range from 15 kg to 3000 kg Directly connects to control systems Increase speed and accuracy of filling processes Optimizes the use of valuable materials Enhances process safety by increasing precision Reduces cycle times Increases production volume Minimizes downtimes Optional raisable load plate Safe area Hazardous area Hazardous Areas The WMH-Ex is designed for use in automated processes in hazardous environments (Zone 1, 21; Class I, II, III, Div. 1) connectable without terminal. Direct Efficient data transfer to process control systems via APS768x power supply unit. Optional Profibus DP, DeviceNet or Ethernet communication via accessory modules. Easy to clean Thanks to the raisable load plate of the WMHx..sk models, thorough cleaning is easier than ever before. 70

71 Typical Configurations Hazardous Area Safe Area 10 Available from METTLER TOLEDO 8 9 Third party product Hazardous Area Safe Area Pos Item Description Item Number(s) 1 Weigh Module WM-Ex module with attached cable 0.3 m see order information 2 Terminal-Box and 6-wire Ex-i cable (5 m) Included in the delivery content of the weigh module 2a Longer Ex-Cable (option) 6 wire; up to max. 100 m Longer Ex-Cable; connects from Terminal-Box to APS768x APS768x power supply unit Power supply unit in hazardous area; available for 3 mains voltage levels: 120 V V wire Ex-i cable (10 m) Included in the delivery content of the ACM200 communication module 4a Longer Ex-cable (option) 4 wire; up to 100 m Longer Ex-Cable; connects from APS768x to ACM a 6b 7 ACM200 communication module Data communication cable for RS232 interface Data communication cable for RS422/485 interface Gender Changer (9 pins) (Male-to-Male) Communication module in safe area; available with AC/DC feed-in & RS232/ RS422/485 data interface: AC feed-in DC feed-in Length: 10 m; Included in the delivery content of the ACM200 communication module Data communication cable has to be defined and provided by the end user. Required outer cable dia meter is 4-8 mm. Necessary to connect two cables with the same gender. Gender Changer has to be provided by the end user. RS RS422/ RS RS422/ Fieldbus Module Incl. connection cable for configuration see order information 9 Customer cable Fieldbus cable 10 PLC 71

72 Model Specific Data WMH-Ex Automated Precision Weighing Floor/pit scale Order Information Platform Scale finish Load plate finish Terminal box 15 kg 32 kg 60 kg 150 kg WMHA sx-cl Stainless steel V2A Stainless steel Stainl. steel WMHB x-cl Powder coated Stainless steel Stainl. steel sx-cl Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainl. steel WMHCC x-cl Powder coated Stainless steel Stainl. steel sx-cl Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainl. steel WMHCS x-cl Enameled (painted) Hot galvanized Blue coated sx-cl Stainless steel Stainless steel Blue coated WMHC x-cl Enameled (painted) Hot galvanized Blue coated sx-cl Stainless steel Stainless steel Blue coated WMHD x-cl Hot galvanized Blue coated WMHE x-cl Hot galvanized Blue coated sxk-cl Stainless steel Raisable load plate, Stainl. steel stainless steel sxkp-cl Stainless steel Raisable load plate, Blue coated stnl. steel, pattern WMHES x-cl Hot galvanized Blue coated kg sxk-cl Stainless steel Raisable load plate, Blue coated stainless steel sxkp-cl Stainless steel Raisable load plate, Blue coated stnl. steel, pattern WMHA WMHB WMHCC WMH Platform size mm 350x x x x Scale height (min. max.) mm Max. load kg Max. recommended preload* kg Preload range** kg Max. preload for internal adjustment kg and primary calibration by user Max. preload for external adjustment kg Min. weight for external adjustment kg Min. weight for primary calibration by kg user Readability (HR) g Repeatability (s) g Linearity (typ.) g± Max. static safe central load kg Max. static safe side load kg Max. static safe corner load kg Protection type IP66/67 IP66/67 IP66/67 IP66/67 IP66/67 IP66/67 * After the preload has been put in place, no adjustment by the customer is necessary. ** These preloads can be added without reducing the nominal maximum capacity. * METTLER TOLEDO recommends stainless steel or hot galvanized load plates ** V4A (AISI316; EN ; X5CrNiMo ) V2A (AISI304; EN ; X5CrNi18-10) General Specifications Protection type according to ATEX 95 II 2 G EEx ib IIC T4; II 2 D IP 66/67 T 55 C FM approval Class I, II, III, Division 1, Groups A-G, T4 Degree of protection IP 66/67 Permissible temperature range 0 to 40 C for performance according to accuracy class II -10 C to 40 C for performance according to accuracy class III Data transmission rate Up to 19 update values per second Tare resp. zero setting range From zero to maximum load Power supply APS768x, 230 V AC, 160 ma Data interface RS232 and RS422 via ACM200 communication module; Profibus DP, DeviceNet and Ethernet with additional modules (accessories) 72

73 CS WMHC WMHD WMHE WMHES x x x x IP66/67 IP66/67 IP66/67 IP66/67 IP66/67 IP66/67 IP66/67 IP66/67 IP66/67 Optional load plate Load plate must be ordered separately 300 kg 600 kg 1500 kg 3000 kg V2A ** V4A ** Painted black Hot galvanized Stainless steel * * * Scope of delivery n WMH-Ex weigh platform including 5 m Ex-cable n Quick guide n Labels to mark cables and/or plugs n Self-adhesive labels Dimensions WMH Ex Weigh Platform (mm) Model W D H WMHA WMHB WMHCC WMHCS WMHC WMHD WMHE WMHES W D H 73

74 Automated Precision Weighing Designed for Easy Integration Efficient Wiring and Logic Control ConModule for WMH Weighing Platforms Customer benefits Pluggable screw terminal for weigh module connection Supply voltage is filtered, current-limited and protected against surge voltages DIN-rail mounting Electrically isolated digital in- and outputs On-board status LED for digital in- and outputs Socked for service interface (RS232) Matching weigh modules: Large Precision Platforms The WMH weigh modules offer high-accuracy and high-capacity combined with large platform sizes for carrying customized load adapters. Capacities: 15 kg kg. Readabilities: 0.1 g - 50 g 74

75 Specifications ConModule Digital inputs Input voltage range: V Nominal input voltage: 24 V Typical input current at 24 V: 5 ma Interference suppression Protection against polarity reversal Inactive with open inputs Digital outputs Output voltage range: V Maximum output current: 0.5 A Surge voltage protection: 45 V Short-circuit protection Protection against polarity reversal Protection against cut-off of inductive loads up to 0.7 J breaking energy (inductances of up to 1.5 H) Overtemperature protection Dimensions and functions Connector Plug for the Weighing Module LED Power Supply Weighing Module Power Supply Connection for Weighing Module RS232- Service Plug RS422- Termination Resistor Status-LED Digital Outputs Status-LED Digital Inputs LED Power Supply Digital Outputs RS232-Connection (Screw Terminals) Power Supply Digital Outputs Digital Outputs Digital Inputs RS422-Connection (Screw Terminals) Dimensions: 100 x 75 x 49 mm (L x W x H from top-hat rail) Order Information Model Item number ConModule Scope of delivery n ConModule n Manual 75

76 Automated Precision Weighing Matching weigh module Designed for Easy Integration Efficient Wiring and Logic Control ConBlock for economical installation of WMS Weigh Module Customer benefits Individual contacts for all necessary sensor wires for digital inputs and actuators for digital outputs 24 VDC output power supply with voltage surge filter and peak current-limitation for direct connection of actuators with maximum of 2,5 A Contact clamps with tension spring connections for efficient and secure wiring DIN- and G-rail mounting for easy installation On-board status LEDs for digital inputs and outputs always show status of I/O without any service tool RS232 interface socket for fast service access Clearly labeled contacts to avoid wiring errors on installation Separated RS422 contact clamps for easy wiring of in and through connections Integrated PE contact to the mounting rail for reliable grounding of the module WMS The WMS Weigh module combines the precision and quality of high-tech weighing sensors with modular, easy-to-integrate design and flexible connectivity. The ConBlock can be used for econimical installation of the WMS weigh module. Status LED The ConBlock shows the status of the 3 digital Inputs and Outputs and power supply of the WMS Weigh module with yellow and green LEDs. Easy Access for Configuration The WMS Weigh module can be easily configured over the service RS232 plug. This is also a fast service access interface for the field service technician. Error free wiring All contacts are clearly and individually labeled to avoid wiring errors on installation. It is easy to identify contacts. 76

77 ConBlock Dimensions and functions Power Supply Digital Inputs and Outputs Power Supply WMS Weigh module Digital Inputs Digital Outputs RS422 in and through RS mm LED Power Supply, Digital Inputs and Outputs DIN-rail mounting with integrated PE contact RS232 Service Plug Height from the top DIN-rail: 71 mm Tension spring connections for the WMS weigh module 82 mm Specifications of digital inputs Input voltage range V DC Nominal input voltage 24 V DC Typical input current at 24 V 5 ma Protection against polarity reversal Specifications of digital outputs Output voltage range V DC Maximum output current 0.5 A Surge voltage protection 45 V Protection against polarity reversal Power supply for weigh module 12 to 24 V DC nominal (10-29 V DC) 77

78 Automated Precision Weighing Unlimited Connectivity Connections to Control Systems Fieldbus Modules For direct communication with weigh modules The modules have automatic parameter detection features and an integrated command set for weigh modules to facilitate commissioning. DIN rail assembly enables efficient installation in the control cabinet. A BASIC operation mode supports all frequently used commands such as transferring weight result, zero setting, status information, identification and calibration. Enhanced applications can be realized with the EXTENDED operation mode. It supports all interface commands and allows configuration of weigh module via fieldbus. Ultra Compact The WMC weigh module has a width of 25mm allowing integration of high-resolution weigh ing where space is limited. Capacities: 10 g - 20 g. Readabilities: 0.01 mg mg. For Smallest Samples The WXS and WXT weigh modules are made for accurate automated weighing of smallest samples in industrial environments. Capacities: 22 g - 220g. Readabilities: 1 μg mg. Accurate and Versatile The slim WMS weigh module has adaptable platforms, incorporated calibration weight and IP66 for wash down. Capacities 120 g g. Readabilities: 0.1 mg - 10 mg. Large Precision Platforms The WMH weigh modules offer high-accuracy and high-capacity combined with large platform sizes for carrying customized load adapters. Capacities: 15 kg kg. Readabilities: 0.1 g - 50 g 78

79 Fast and Convenient Integration of Weigh Modules Into Most Common PLC Rockwell Automation Logix5000 As of RSLogix5000 Version 16, a complimentary open-source Rockwell Automation Logix5000 function block and faceplates specific to METTLER TOLEDO products with SICS communication protocol will be available. They will significantly shorten integration time and save valuable resources and development time for system integrators and end users. Siemens STEP 7 METTER TOLEDO offers the user of Profibus and ProfiNet IO modules an example for Siemens Step 7. Engineering notes explain the configuration to ensure a fast start and correct integration. SIWAREX FTA As an alternative to Fieldbus the weigh modules WM, WMS and WMH can directly be connected to the SIWAREX FTA module. Siemens and METTLER TOLEDO commonly certified communication between these weigh modules and the SIWAREX FTA within the Totally Integrated Automation program. CC Link METTER TOLEDO offers the users of CC-Link modules an Engineering Note which explains the configuration to ensure a fast start and correct integration into a Mitsubishi PLC. 79

80 Fieldbus Modules Technical Data Fieldbus Modules Interface Profibus DP slave (DPVO) according to EN Profinet IO slave according to IEC (CPF- 3/3) DeviceNet adapter according to EN Ethernet/IP adapter according to EN CC-Link Slave according to BTP D Baud rate 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 125, 250 or 500 kbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s DHCP 156 kbit/s - 10Mbit/s. Address range 0 99 Full IP address range, DHCP Connector SUB D9 female RJ-45 Terminal block with 5 connectors Scale: SUB D9 female Power: Terminal block with 2 connectors Subnet connection RS232, RS422, and RS485, up to 57.6 kbit/s MAC ID 0-63 Full IP address range 1-64 (Basic Mode), 1-61 (Extended Mode) RJ-45 Terminal block with 5 connectors Housing Dimensions Mounting Power supply Plastic housing with snap-on connection to DIN-Rail 120 mm x 75 mm x 27 mm / 4.7 in x 2.0 in x 1.1 in DIN rail 24 V DC ± 10% / typically 100 ma Protection IP 20 Temperature +5 C to +55 C / 41 to 131 degrees Fahrenheit Relative humidity Weight value Included in delivery The product is designed for a relative humidity of 0 to 95 %, non-condensing Single floating point number according to IEEE 754 (Motorola word) Module, including configuration software, configuration cable, detailed instruction and installation manual Compatibility Automated precision weighing modules: WX, WM, and WMH All METTLER TOLEDO MT-SICS-compatible scales CE mark Certified according to European standards unless otherwise stated. Emission According to EN :1993 Immunity According to EN :1999 UL/c-UL compliance The units are open type listed by the Underwriters Laboratories. The certificate is valid when the unit is installed in a switch cabinet or equivalent. The certification has been documented by UL in file E Order information Model Item number Profibus DP Module Profinet IO Module DeviceNet Module EtherNet/IP Module CC-Link Module D-Sub 9 male open leads, 1 m D-Sub 9 male male, 1.8 m Scope of delivery n Fieldbus module n Configuration cable n Quick Guide 80

81 Configuration overview PLC (e.g. Siemens S7 or Rockwell RSLogix) Included in delivery of Fieldbus module CD ROM Legend 1 Fieldbus Connector 2 PC Connector 3 Subnet Connector 4 Power Connector Fieldbus cable Configuration cable Power Connector Power cable Power supply +24 VDC D-Sub 9 male D-Sub 9 male D-Sub 9 male D-Sub 9 male D-Sub 9 male RS232 Connection cable RS232 Connection cable RS232 Connection cable open wires D-Sub 9 male D-Sub 9 male open wires ConModule ConBlock D-Sub 9 male WMH Weigh Platform WMC Weigh Module WXS Weigh Module WMS Weigh Module Industry Scale e.g. BBK 81

82 Automated Precision Weighing One Configuration Software for All For Optimizing Your Throughput APW-Link Weigh Module Configuration Software The APW-Link software is an easy-to-use configuration tool for fast and comfortable commissioning and maintenance of high-precision weigh modules. It allows communication among a multitude of weigh modules. APW-Link is designed for use by engineering and field service personnel of machine and instrument manufacturers as well as end users maintenance staff. The software facilitates calibration and allows configuration data storage for backup and duplication to other weigh modules for similar applications kg Throughput Optimization Conveniently optimize filters for eliminating impacts of vibration and draft. This allows improved accuracy and speed for achieving high throughput rates. Convenient Configuration Target values, tolerances, delays and duration for digital outputs can be set conveniently as well as rising or falling edge for signal transition of digital inputs. Easy Operation The software offers configurable soft keys for frequently used functions. This speeds up installation and reduces repetitive manual input of instructions. Zoom Function APW-Link records and displays weight values in graphical charts. A zoom function allows a close look. This facilitates optimization of filling and check-weighing processes. 82

83 Typical Configurations Configuration for applications with one weigh module Configuration for applications with multiple weigh modules Pos. Item and Description Item number 1 High-precision weigh module See datasheet for weigh module 2 Direct connection between weigh module and computer via RS232 or Ethernet cable. Connection between weigh module and computer via combination of RS232, USB or Ethernet in using converters or switches. 3 Computer with APW-Link software Third party See Datasheet of weigh module or third- party products Specifications APW-Link Operating System Supported Interfaces RS232 Parameters Languages Supported Weigh Modules Windows XP Professional SP3 Windows 7 Professional / Enterprise / Ultimate Windows 8 / 8.1 Professional / Enterprise Windows Server 2003 RS232, USB to RS232 converter and Ethernet TCP/IP APW-Links has automatic parameter search for RS232 English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Polish, Japanese, Chinese simplified, Chinese traditional, Korean WXS, WXT, WMC, WMS, WM, WMH, WKR, WKL Registration to receive link for downloading of APW-Link:

84 Power Supply Unit Designed for Integration for Power Supply in Hazardous Areas APS768x & ACM200 New solution for connecting WM-Ex & WMH-Ex in the hazardous area Customer benefits Transmission distance between the weighing sensor and the data processor (PLC) has increased from 100 m to 400 m which ensures enhanced safety for the application. The modular design allows being flexible and expandable not only to power the application terminal and the weighing platforms which have intrinsically safe outputs, but also to exchange data. WM-Ex For use in automated processes in hazardous environments (Zone 1; Class I, Div. 1). WMH-Ex For use in automated processes in hazardous environments (Zone 1, 21; Class I, II, III, Div. 1) connectable without terminal. Modular Free places for additional slot cards to connect an additional interface at ACM200. Industrial Housing Is constructed of stainless steel and certified IP66. The housing will withstand harsh environments, and includes integrated mounting brackets to simplify installation. 84

85 General Specifications APS768x-230V Mains connection Mains connection cable Cables (factory configuration) Maximum cable lengths IP protection type 230 V +10 % / 15 %; 50 Hz; 0,160 A; Um 250 V 1,9 m; H 05 RN 5 m cable with 6 wires, intrinsically safe connection, M16x1,5 cable glands pre-assembled on both sides, longer cable is available if required (up to 100 m) WMH-Ex and WM-Ex to APS768x for direct connection 100 m. APS768x will be delivered without cable. It has to be ordered with the weighing sensor. IP66 Temperature range 10 C +40 C Relative humidity 20 % 80 %, non-condensing Degree of pollution 2 Overvoltage category II Dimensions (L x W x H) 303 x 172 x 80 mm (without connectors) 320 x 172 x 80 mm (incl. connectors) Weight (incl. cables) 4,1 kg (net) Maximum altitude Up to 4000 m height above sea level Sites of operation Indoor usage only Number of attachable weighing sensors 1 1: CL/CL interface can be added to the APS768x as an optional slot Available interface slots card to enable communication with the ACM200 communication module in the safe area. ATEX/IEC Ex: II 2G Ex e mb [ib] IIC T4 Gb-10 C +40 C Hazardous area approvals II 2D Ex t IIIC [ib] IP66 T70 C FM: Class I, II, III Div. 1Group A-G / T4 85

86 Power Supply Unit General Specifications ACM200 AC power supply DC power supply Mains connection 100 V 240V, 50 / 60 Hz 24 VDC Mains connection cable mains cord connected Power connection cable has to be defined and provided by the end user. Claimed outer cable diameter is then 4 8 mm. Cables (factory configuration) 10 m cable with 4-wires for the connection with APS768x, intrinsically safe connection. Maximum cable lengths APS768x to ACM200 for direct connection maximum 300 m. IP protection type IP66 Temperature range 10 C +40 C Relative humidity 20 % 80 %, non-condensing Degree of pollution 2 Overvoltage category II Dimensions (L x W x H) 175x160x69,5 mm Weight (incl. cables) 3,4 kg Maximum altitude Up to 4000 m height above sea level Sites of operation Indoor usage only Number of attachable power supplies 1 1 intrinsically safe current loop interface for the communication with APS768x; RS232 data interface with mounted 10 m cable (9-pin SubD) as standard for the communication with Available interface slots a fieldbus or PLC; RS422 interface as option for the communication with a fieldbus or PLC, data cable has to be defined and provided by the end user. Claimed outer cable diameter is then 4-8 mm. ATEX/IEC Ex: II (2) G [Ex ib Gb] IIC 10 C +40 C Hazardous area approvals II (2) D [Ex ib Db] IIIC FM: AIS Class I, II, III Div. 1 Group A-G / T4 Order Information Item Description Item number APS768x Longer Ex-Cable (option) ACM200 Longer Ex-Cable (Accessory) Power supply unit in the hazardous area with attached power connection cable: 120 and 230 V versions 6 wire; up to max. 100 m; to connect APS768x with the weighing sensor Interface converter from current loop (CL) to RS232 or RS422/485. AC and DC power supply options are available 100m cable with 4-wires for the connection with APS768x, intrinsically safe connection, 2x2x0,5qmm 120 V (USA) V (Europe) AC DC RS RS422/ RS RS422/

87 Dimensions APS768x-230 V (mm) Ø Dimensions ACM200 (mm) R3.5 R

88 Load Cells Globally Approved for Accuracy and Safety MTB Load Cell The MTB load cell features: OIML C3, NTEP IIIM 5,000d and IIIS 3,000d approvals ATEX Zone1/2 and 21/22 approvals FM Class I,II,III Div 1&2 approvals for USA & Canada Stainless steel Hermetically sealed design IP68 protection class All approvals standard on every Load Cell The MTB is approved for use in various applications in Europe, Asia, America and almost everywhere else in the world. If an approval is required, the MTB probably already complies. If ever needed for hazardous areas later, the MTB is already prepared. Process Weighing Due to the hermetically sealed design, MTB is ideal for harsh environments in process or food applications. The full set of approvals makes it the right choice for your application. Tank Weighing The capacity range from 5kg to 500kg makes the weighing of small vessels possible. The stainless steel design, hermetic sealing and IP68 protection provides the best reliabi lity in these applications. MultiMount Module With the optional MultiMount weigh module METTLER TOLEDO provides a complete solution for vessel weighing in harsh environments. MultiMount is available in zinc plated and stainless steel version. 88

89 MTB Load Cell Specifications Parameter unit of measure Specification Model No: MTB Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg (lb, nominal) 5 (11) 10 (22) 20 (44) 50 (110) 100 (220) 200 (441) 300 (661) 500 (1102) Rated Output 2 ± 0.1% Zero load Output %R.C. 1 Combined Error 1), 2) %R.C Repeatability Error %A.L. 3) 0.01 Creep, 30 minute %A.L ) Min. Dead Load Output Return (DR), 30 min %A.L Temperature Min Dead load Output %R.C./ C (../ F) (0.0006) Effect on Sensitivity 2) %A.L./ C (../ F) (0.0005) Compensated C ( F) 10 ~ +40 (+14 ~ +104) Temperature Operating C ( F) 40 ~ +65 ( 40 ~ +150) Range Safe Storage C ( F) 40 ~ +80 ( 40 ~ +176) OIML Cert. No. R60/2000-NL European Cert. No. NMi TC6035 Class C3 OIML / European nmax 3000 Approval 4) Y P LC 0.7 Humidity Symbol none Min. dead load kg (lb) 0 (0) Number Class IIIS / III M NTEP Approval 4) n max 3000 / 5000 Vmin kg (lb) R.C. / Min. dead load kg (lb) 0 (0) Number, Cat 2 KEMA 05ATEX1178 X ( 40 C ~ +50 C) Number, Cat 3 KEMA 05ATEX1179 ( 40 C ~ +50 C) II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4 II 2 D Ex ibd 21 IP6X T135 C ATEX Approval 4) Rating II 3 G Ex na II T4 II 3 G Ex nl IIC T4 II 3 D Ex td A22 IP6X T135 C Entity Parameters Ui=25V, Ii=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=5nF, Li=30µH Number, USA Number, Canada C IS / I,II,III / 1 / ABCDEFG /T4 Factory Mutual Rating NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T6 Approval 4) S / II,III / 2 / FG / T6 Entity Parameters Vmax=25V, Imax=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=0, Li=0 System Drawing No, USA System Drawing No, CDN Excitation Voltage Recommended V AC/DC 5-15 Maximum V AC/DC 20 Terminal Excitation Ω 383 Resistance Output Ω 350 ± 1 Insulation MΩ > 5000 Breakdown Voltage V AC > 500 Spring Element stainless steel Material Enclosure 316 stainless steel Cable entry fitting 304 stainless steel Cable PVC Type welded Protection IP Rating IP 68 NEMA Rating NEMA 6/6P Load Limit Safe %R.C. 150 Ultimate %R.C. 300 Safe Dynamic Load %R.C. 70 Fatigue Life >1,000,000 Direction of Loading beam R.C., nominal mm (in) 0.30 (0.012) 0.40 (0.016) 0.5 (0.020) 0.75 (0.030) 1.12 (0.044) Weight, nominal kg (lb) 0.6 (1.3) Cable Length m (ft) 3 (10); 5 (16.6) Barometric Pressure Effect on Zero Load Output kg/kpa (lb/in.hg) none Safe Side Load %R.C. 100 Grade 8.8 (grade 5) Size/thread mm (in) M8x1.25 (5/16-18 UNC) M10x1.5 Mounting Screw ( UNC) Engaged Length mm (in) Torque, nominal N.m (ft-lb) 15 (11) 20 (14.5) 1) Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis 2) Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44. 3) A.L. = Applied Load 4) See certificate for complete information. 5) 60 minutes 89

90 MTB Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [inch] 45 [1.77] 25.4 [1] 19.1 [0.75] Load Cells Ø 8 [0.31] 35 [1.38] 6.4 [0.25] 20 [0.79] 20 [0.79] Ø 34 [1.34] 2 Ø 8.2 [0.32] Ø 11 [0.44] for 500kg 123 [4.84] 2 Ø 8.2 [0.32] 2 Ø 10.5 [0.41] for 500kg 6.6 [0.26] Ø 45 [1.38] Ø 26 [1.02] 10 [0.39] 82 [3.23] 18 [0.71] MTB 5, 10, 20,30, 50, 100, 200, 300, 500 MTB Ball / Cup Load Introduction mm [inch] MTB Spacer mm [inch] 2 Ø 8.8 [0.35] Ø 11 [0.43] for 500kg Ø 8.2 [0.32] Ø 11.2 [0.31] for 500kg Cup and Ball 18 [0.71] 34.9 [1.37] 90

91 MTB Expansion + Vibration Kit EVK mm [inch] MA Materials: Stainless steel, NBR 70 Capacity Dimensions and Locations L L1 L2 L3 H H1 H2 H3 H4 Smax 1 Fs max 2 Ft 3 MA kg ø74 M12 17 M ±3 450 N 500 N 20 Nm [ø2.91] [0.67] [3.43] [2.20] [1.57] [2.99] [0.55] [±0.12] [14.5 lb-ft] 500 kg ø74 M12 17 M ±3 450 N 500 N 20 Nm [ø2.91] [0.67] [3.43] [2.20] [1.57] [2.99] [0.55] [±0.12] [14.5 lb-ft] 1) Max lateral displacement 2) Max lateral force at Smax 3) Max Tension Force MTB Foot Kit FTK mm [inch] MA +4[0.16] +4[0.16] Materials: Stainless steel, NBR 70 Capacity Dimensions and Locations L L1 L2 L3 H H1 H2 H3 MA kg ø80 M12 M Nm [ø3.15] [0.83] [2.99] [0.63] [1.26] [2.52] [14.5 ft lb] 500 kg ø80 M12 M Nm [ø3.15] [0.83] [2.99] [0.63] [1.26] [2.52] [14.5 ft lb] 91

92 MTB Base Plate Kit BPK mm [inch] Load Cells Materials: Stainless steel MA Capacity Dimensions and Locations L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 W1 W2 W3 W kg [5.19] [2.99] [0.70] [0.70] [0.94] [1.77] [4] [2.75] [2] [1] 500 kg [5.19] [2.99] [0.70] [0.70] [0.94] [1.77] [4] [2.75] [2] [1] Capacity Dimensions and Locations W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 MA kg M8 M12 ø10.3 M4 15 Nm [2.36] [2.54] [2.04] [0.50] [1.72] [0.75] [ø0.40] [11 ft lb] 500 kg M10 M12 ø10.3 M4 20 Nm [2.36] [2.62] [2.04] [0.50] [1.72] [0.75] [ø0.40] [14.5 ft lb] MTB Load Cell Order Information MTB Load Cell Cable Colors 92 Description Item No. LOAD CELL MTB 5 KG, 3 M LOAD CELL MTB 10 KG, 3 M LOAD CELL MTB 20 KG, 3 M LOAD CELL MTB 50 KG, 3 M LOAD CELL MTB 100 KG, 3 M LOAD CELL MTB 200 KG, 3 M LOAD CELL MTB 300 KG, 3 M LOAD CELL MTB 500 KG, 3 M LOAD CELL MTB 5 KG, 5 M LOAD CELL MTB 10 KG, 5 M LOAD CELL MTB 20 KG, 5 M LOAD CELL MTB 50 KG, 5 M LOAD CELL MTB 100 KG, 5 M LOAD CELL MTB 200 KG, 5 M LOAD CELL MTB 300 KG, 5 M LOAD CELL MTB 500 KG, 5 M BALL/CUP MTB KG SPACER MTB KG BALL/CUP MTB 500 KG SPACER MTB 500 KG BASE PLATE KIT BPK SS MTB KG BASE PLATE KIT BPK SS MTB 500 KG EXPANSION + VIBR. KIT EVK MTB KG EXPANSION + VIBR. KIT EVK MTB 500 KG FOOT KIT FTK SS MTB KG FOOT KIT FTK SS MTB 500 KG Bolded entries are stocked Color Green Black White Red Yellow Blue Yellow (Long) Function + Excitation Excitation + Signal Signal + Sense Sense Shield

93 Load Cells Global Usage Fully Approved for Accuracy and Safety 0745A Beam Load Cell Every 0745A beam load cell features: OIML C3 and NTEP III M 5.000d approvals (except 110kg) ATEX Zone1/2 and 21/22 approvals FM Class I,II,III Div 1&2 approvals for USA & Canada Stainless steel Hermetically sealed design IP68 protection class The 0745A is approved for use in various applications in Europe, Asia, America and almost everywhere else in the world. If an approval is required, the 0745A probably already complies. Even if needed for hazardous areas later, the 0745A is already prepared. Floor Scales Use the 0745A load cell in platform and floor scales. Due to the hermetic welded design the 0745A is ideal for harsh environments in process and food applications. The full set of approvals provides maximum applicability and safety in these applications. Tank Weighing The capacity range from 110kg to 4.4t allows the weighing of tanks and silos. The stainless steel design, hermetic sealing and IP68 protection provides the best reliability in tank and hopper weighing applications in harsh environments in process and food applications. MultiMount Weigh Module The optional METTLER TOLEDO MultiMount weigh module allows one to convert an existing system into a precise weighing system. It is ideal for applications such as tanks scales, belt scales and conveyor scales. Available in zinc plated steel or stainless steel. 93

94 0745A Load Cell Specifications Load Cells Parameter unit of measure Specification Model No. 0745A Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg (lb) 110 (250) 220 (500) 550 (1250) 1100 (2500) 2200 (5000) 4400 (10000) Rated Output ± ± ± ± Zero load Output %R.C. 2 1 Combined Error 1) 2) %R.C Repeatability Error %A.L. 3) 0.01 Creep, 30 minute %A.L Min. Dead Load Output Return (DR), 30 min %A.L Min. Dead load Output %R.C./ C (../ F) Temperature Effect on (0.0015) (0.0010) Sensitivity 2) %A.L./ C (../ F) (0.0005) Compensated -10 to +40 (+14 to +104) Temperature Range Operating C ( F) -40 to +65 (-40 to +150) Safe Storage -40 to +80 (-40 to +176) OIML Cert. No. R60/1991-US European Cert. No. NMi TC2154 Class C3 OIML / European nmax 3000 Approval 4) Vmin kg (lb) (0.070) (0.175) (0.35) (0.70) (1.40) PLC 0.7 Humidity Symbol none Min. dead load kg (lb) 0 (0) Number Class III M NTEP Approval 4) nmax 5000 Vmin kg (lb) (0.070) (0.175) (0.35) (0.70) (1.40) Min. dead load kg (lb) 0 (0) Number, cat. 2 KEMA 03ATEX1069 Number, cat. 3 KEMA 03ATEX1070 ATEX Approval 4) Rating II 2 G Ex ia IIC T4 II 2 D Ex td A21 IP6X T100 C II 3 G Ex na II T4 II 3 G Ex nl IIC T4 II 3 D Ex td A22 IP6X T100 C Entity Parameters Ui/Un=25V, Ii=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=5nF, Li=30µH Number , C IS / I,II,III / 1 / ABCDEFG /T4 Rating NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T6 Factory Mutual Approval 4) S / II,III / 2 / FG / T6 Entity Parameters Vmax=25V, Imax=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=5nF, Li=30µH System Drawing No, USA R System Drawing No, Canada R, Excitation Voltage Recommended 5 ~ 15 V AC/DC Max. 20 Terminal Resistance Excitation 385 Ω Output 350 ± 2 Insulation MΩ > 5000 Breakdown Voltage V AC > 500 Spring Element stainless steel Material Enclosure 304 stainless steel Cable entry fitting 304 stainless steel Cable Polyurethane & FEP Type welded Protection IP Rating IP 68 NEMA Rating NEMA 6/6P Load Limit Safe 150 %R.C. Ultimate 300 Safe Side Load 5) %R.C. 100 Safe Dynamic Load %R.C. 70 Fatigue Life >1,000,000 Direction of Loading beam R.C., nominal mm (in) 0.07 (0.003) 0.14 (0.005) 0.23 (0.009) 0.34 (0.013) 0.52 (0.020) 0.62 (0.024) Overload Protection yes no Weight, nominal kg (lb) 0.9 (2) 1.3 (2.9) 2 (4.4) Cable Length m (ft) 2.2, 4.5, 9.1, 18.2 (7.5, 15, 30, 60) Barometric Pressure Effect on Zero Load Output kg/kpa (lb/in.hg) none Grade 10.9 (Grade 8) M18x1.5 Size/thread mm (in) M12 (1/2-13 UNC) Mounting Screw (3/4-10 UNC) Engaged Length mm (in) Torque, nominal Nm (ft-lb) 136 (100) 340 (250) 1) Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis 2) Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44. 3) A.L. = Applied Load 4) See certificate for complete information. 5) Protect mounting screws from shear. 94

95 0745A Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [inch] Dimensions and locations Model Capacity D (2x) D1 D2 H H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 (1) L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 (1) W W1 0745/0745A kg [ lb] [0.51] [0.88] [0.62] [1.19] [0.07] [0.68] [0.63] [0.18] [0.31] [0.015] [5.25] [2.27] [4.0] [1.0] [0.61] [0.25] [1.21] [0.21] 0745/0745A 2200 kg [5000 lb] [0.51] [0.88] [0.62] [1.44] [0.10] [0.90] [0.77] [0.36] [0.50] [0.10] [5.38] [2.28] [4.0] [1.0] [0.72] [1.45] [0.23] 0745/0745A 4400 kg [ lb] [0.76] [1.38] [0.88] [1.69] [0.09] [1.16] [0.89] [0.43] [0.70] [0.09] [6.75] [2.91] [5.25] [1.50] [0.84] [1.69] [0.25] D1 D (2x) Notes: Dimensions are in mm [inches] W C L 1/4 18 NPT, all capacities D2 L3 W1 Detail A L4 L2 H6 (GAP) H1 Ø 3 [0.118] Thru L L5 H2 H5 H4 H3 H H6 (GAP) See detail A L5 H1 L1 Notes (1): Overload stop on lb only [ kg only] 0745A Foot Kit FTK mm [inch] +4[0.16] +4[0.16] Materials: Stainless steel, NBR 70 Capacity Dimensions and Locations L L1 H H1 H2 H3 110 kg 1.1 t ø50 ø [ø1.97] [ø0.59] [2.14] [2.14] [0.95] [0.35] 2.2 t ø50 ø [ø1.97] [ø0.59] [2.14] [2.14] [0.95] [0.35] 4.4 t ø70 ø [ø2.76] [ø0.59] [3.59] [3.15] [1.52] [0.67] 95

96 0745A Expansion Kit EK mm [inch] Load Cells Capacity Dimensions and Locations L L1 L2 L3 H H1 H2 H3 Smax* 110 kg 1.1 t ø50 34 M8 ø ±3 mm [ø1.97] [1.34] [ø0.59] [2.35] [1.85] [0.94] [0.55] [±0.12] 2.2 t ø50 34 M8 ø ±3 mm [ø1.97] [1.34] [ø0.59] [2.50] [2.06] [0.94] [0.55] [±0.12] 4.4 t ø60 45 M10 ø ±3 mm [ø2.36] [1.77] [ø0.85] [2.90] [2.46] [1.10] [0.67] [±0.12] * Max lateral displacement Materials: Stainless steel, Polyethylene foam 0745A Expansion + Vibration Kit EVK mm [inch] Smax Materials: Stainless steel, NBR 70, Polyethylene foam Capacity Dimensions and Locations D L L1 L2 L3 H H1 H2 H3 SHmax* SVmax** 110 kg 1.1 t ø9 ø80 ø58 ø ±2.8 mm 1 mm [ø0.35] [ø3.15] [ø2.28] [ø0.59] [2.28] [2.23] [1.74] [0.85] [0.20] [±0.11] [0.04] 2.2 t ø9 ø80 ø58 ø ±3 mm 1.6 mm [ø0.35] [ø3.15] [ø2.28] [ø0.59] [2.28] [2.38] [1.94] [0.85] [0.20] [±0.12] [0.07] 4.4 t ø11 ø100 ø72 ø ±3 mm 2.2 mm [ø0.43] [ø3.94] [ø2.83] [ø0.85] [2.99] [2.98] [2.54] [1.18] [0.39] [±0.12] [0.09] * Max lateral displacement ** Max vertical displacement incl. load cell 96

97 0745A Base Plate Kit BPK mm [inch] Materials: Stainless steel or painted steel MA Capacity Dimensions and Locations L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 W1 W2 W3 W4 110 kg 1.1 t [7] [6] [0.5] [0.63] [4.63] [1] [1.63] [4.5] [3.5] [2.25] [1.63] 2.2 t [7] [6] [0.5] [0.63] [4.63] [1] [1.63] [4.5] [3.5] [2.25] [1.63] 4.4 t [9.25] [7.25] [1] [0.88] [5.88] [1.5] [2.13] [6] [4] [3] [2.13] Capacity Dimensions and Locations H1 H2 H3 H4 D1 D2 D3 MA cs 1 MA ss kg 1.1 t M12 M Nm 100 Nm [2.76] [2.44] [0.75] [0.5] [0.44] [100 lb ft] [75 lb ft] 2.2 t M12 M Nm 100 Nm [3.01] [2.96] [0.75] [0.5] [0.44] [100 lb ft] [75 lb ft] 4.4 t M18 M Nm 270 Nm [3.92] [3.44] [1] [0.75] [0.69] [250 lb ft] [200 lb ft] 1) Torque carbon steel version 2) Torque steinless steel version 0745A Load Cell Order Information Description Item No. Load cell, model no. 0745A, 110kg/250lb 2.2m (7.5ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 110kg/250lb 4.5m (15ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 110kg/250lb 9.1m (30ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 110kg/250lb 2.2m (7.5ft) FEP cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 110kg/250lb 4.5m (15ft) FEP cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 220kg/500lb 2.2m (7.5ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 220kg/500lb 4.5m (15ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 220kg/500lb 9.1m (30ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 220kg/500lb 2.2m (7.5ft) FEP cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 220kg/500lb 4.5m (15ft) FEP cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 550kg/1,250lb 2.2m (7.5ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 550kg/1,250lb 4.5m (15ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 550kg/1,250lb 9.1m (30ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 550kg/1,250lb 18.2m (60ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 550kg/1,250lb 2.2m (7.5ft) FEP cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 550kg/1,250lb 4.5m (15ft) FEP cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 550kg/1,250lb 9.1m (30ft) FEP cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 1100kg/2,500lb 2.2m (7.5ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 1100kg/2,500lb 4.5m (15ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 1100kg/2,500lb 9.1m (30ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 1100kg/2,500lb 18.2m (60ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 1100kg/2,500lb 2.2m (7.5ft) FEP cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 1100kg/2,500lb 4.5m (15ft) FEP cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 1100kg/2,500lb 9.1m (30ft) FEP cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 2200kg/5,000lb 2.2m (7.5ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 2200kg/5,000lb 4.5m (15ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 2200kg/5,000lb 9.1m (30ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 2200kg/5,000lb 18.2m (60ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 2200kg/5,000lb 2.2m (7.5ft) FEP cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 2200kg/5,000lb 4.5m (15ft) FEP cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 2200kg/5,000lb 9.1m (30ft) FEP cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 4400kg/10,000lb 4.5m (15ft) cable Description Item No. Load cell, model no. 0745A, 4400kg/10,000lb 9.1m (30ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 4400kg/10,000lb 18.2m (60ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 4400kg/10,000lb 4.5m (15ft) FEP cable Load cell, model no. 0745A, 4400kg/10,000lb 9.1m (30ft) FEP cable BASE PLATE KIT BPK Carbon Steel kg 1.1 t BASE PLATE KIT BPK Carbon Steel t BASE PLATE KIT BPK Carbon Steel t BASE PLATE KIT BPK Stainless Steel kg 1.1 t BASE PLATE KIT BPK Stainless Steel t BASE PLATE KIT BPK Stainless Steel t EXPANSION KIT EK Stainless Steel kg 2.2 t EXPANSION KIT EK Stainless Steel t EXPANSION+VIBR KIT EVK Stainless Steel kg 2.2 t EXPANSION+VIBR KIT EVK Stainless Steel t FOOT KIT FTK Stainless Steel kg 2.2 t FOOT KIT FTK Stainless Steel t Bolded entries are stocked 0745A Load Cell Cable Colours Colour Green Black White Red Yellow Function + Excitation Excitation + Signal Signal Shield 97

98 Load Cells Globally Approved for Accuracy and Safety 0743 High Capacity Beam Load Cell The 0743 beam load cell features: OIML C3, and NTEP ClassIIIM 5000d approvals ATEX Zone1/2 and 21/22 approvals FM Class I,II,III Div 1&2 approvals Stainless steel Hermetically sealed design IP68 protection class Every 0743 comes with all the approvals listed. The 0743 is a stainless steel beam load cell designed for harsh and hazardous environments specifically for the process industry. The 0743 is approved for use in various applications in Europe, Asia, America and almost everywhere else in the world. If an approval is required, the 0743 probably already complies. Applications 0743 is ideal for floor scales, tank and hopper scales in process industries. It is constructed of stainless steel which provides excellent corrosion protection. The full set of approvals makes it the right choice for your application. Tank Weighing The capacity range from 9t to 20.4t is ideal for mid size tank and hopper weighing in the most demanding applications. Hermetically Sealed The stainless steel cups are welded in place to create a hermetic seal to prevent moisture from entering the interior of the load cell and deteriorating the weighing performance. 98

99 0743 Load Cell Specifications Parameter unit of measure Specification Model No: 0743 Rated Capacity (R.C.) t nominal (lb) 9.07 (20000) 13.6 (30000) 20.4 (45000) Rated Output 2 ± Zero load Output %R.C. 1.5 Combined Error 1) 2) %R.C Repeatability Error %A.L. 3) 0.01 Creep, 30 minute %A.L Min. Dead Load Output Return (DR), 30 min %A.L Temperature Effect on Min Dead load Output %R.C./ C (../ F) (0.001) Sensitivity 2) %A.L./ C (../ F) (0.0005) Compensated C ( F) 10 to +40 (+14 to +104) Temperature Range Operating C ( F) 20 to +65 ( 4 to +122) Safe Storage C ( F) 40 ~ +80 ( 40 ~ +176) OIML Cert. No. R60/1991-NL European Cert. No. NMi TC2977 Class C3 OIML / European Approval 4) nmax 3000 Y 6000 PLC 0.7 Humidity Symbol none Min. dead load kg (lb) 50 (110) 100 (220) Number Class III M NTEP Approval 2) nmax 5000 Vmin kg (lb) 1.3 (2.8) 1.9 (4.2) 2.9 (6.4) Min. dead load kg (lb) 90 (200) Number, Category 2 KEMA 03ATEX1069 Number, Category 3 KEMA 03ATEX1070 II 2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Gb ATEX Approval 4) II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T100 C Db Ratings II 3 G Ex ic IIC T4 T Gc II 3 G Ex na IIC T4 Gc II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T100 C Dc Entity Parameters Ui=25V, Ii=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=5nF, Li=30µH Un = 25V Number IS / I,II,III / 1 / ABCDEFG /T4 Factory Mutual Rating NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T6 Approval 4) S / II,III / 2 / FG / T6 Entity Parameters Vmax=25V, Imax=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=0, Li=29µH System Drawing No R Excitation Voltage Recommended V AC/DC 5-15 Maximum V AC/DC 20 Terminal Resistance Excitation Ω 380± ± 100 Output Ω 350 ± ± 20 Insulation MΩ 5000 Breakdown Voltage V AC > 500 Spring Element stainless steel Material Enclosures 304 stainless steel Cable entry fitting 304 stainless steel Cable Polyurethane Type welded Protection IP Rating IP 68 NEMA Rating NEMA 6/6P Load Limit Safe %R.C. 150 Ultimate %R.C. 300 Safe Side Load 5) %R.C. 100 Safe Dynamic Load %R.C. 70 Fatigue Life >1,000,000 Direction of Loading beam R.C., nominal mm (in) 0.91 (0.036) 1.65(0.065) Weight, nominal kg (lb) 7.0 (15.5) 11.5 (25.5) Cable Length m (ft) 4.5, 9.1, 18.2 (15, 30, 60) Barometric Pressure Effect on Zero Load Output kg/kpa (lb/in.hg) none Grade 8.8 (Grade 5) Mounting Screw Size / thread mm (in) M24 (1-8 UNC) M30 (1-1/4-7 UNC) Engaged Length mm (in) Torque, nominal N.m (ft-lb) 600 (475) 1200 (1000) 1) Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis 2) Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44 3) A.L. = Applied Load 4) See certificate for complete information. 5) Protect mounting screws from shear 99

100 Load Cells 0743 Load Cell Dimensional Drawings Notes: Dimensions are in mm [inches] L5 L2 L3 L4 W W2 (2X) C L D1 D (2X) W1 D UNC-2B 9.6 [0.38] DP (2X) all capacities H3 1/4 18 NPT all capacities H H2 H4 H1 L1 L Capacity Dimensions and Locations D (2x) D1 D2 H H1 H2 H3 H4 L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 W W1 W2 (2x) kg [20,000 30,000 lb] [1.06] [1.88] [1.25] [2.36] [0.25] [0.81] [0.34] [1.44] [11.00] [5.25] [8.75] [3.25] [1.00] [1.25] [2.38] [0.31] [0.88] kg [45,000 lb] [1.31] [2.13] [1.50] [3.25] [0.50] [0.95] [0.38] [1.87] [12.50] [6.00] [9.75] [3.50] [1.25] [1.38] [2.75] [0.43] [1.00] 0743 Load Cell Order Information Description Item No. Load cell, model no. 0743, 9t (20klb) 4.5m (15ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0743, 9t (20klb) 9.1m (30ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0743, 9t (20klb) 18.2m (60ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0743, 13.6t (20klb) 4.5m (15ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0743, 13.6t (20klb) 9.1m (30ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0743, 13.6t (20klb) 18.2m (60ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0743, 20.4t (20klb) 4.5m (15ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0743, 20.4t (20klb) 9.1m (30ft) cable Load cell, model no. 0743, 20.4t (20klb) 18.2m (60ft) cable Bolded entries are stocked 0743 Load Cell Cable Colors Color Green Black White Red Yellow Function + Excitation Excitation + Signal Signal Shield 100

101 Load Cells Global Usage No Compromise on Performance SLB215 Beam Load Cells Every SLB215 beam load cell features: Threaded load introduction hole OIML C3 and NTEP III M 5,000d approvals (up to 2.2t) ATEX Zone1/2 and 21/22 approvals FM Class I,II,III Div 1&2 approvals Nickel plated steel Hermetically sealed design IP67 protection class The SLB215 is approved for use in various applications in Europe, Asia, America and almost everywhere else in the world. If an approval is required, the SLB215 probably already complies. Floor Scales Use the SLB215 load cell in platform and floor scales. With threaded load-introduction hole, the load cell can be used with a threaded foot for easy levelling. Due to the hermetic welded design reliability in most industrial en-vironments is guaranteed. The full set of approvals provides maximum applicability and safety in these applications. Tank Weighing The capacity range from 220kg to 4.4t allows the weighing of tanks, hoppers and silos. Various accessories are available to ease installation and to ensure good performance. Gagemount Module SLB215 load cells are made from nickel plated tool steel but are hermetically sealed, something normally available only on higher end stainless models. This protects the load cell from damp for the best stability and measuring performance. 101

102 SLB215 Load Cell Specifications Load Cells Parameter unit of measure Specification Model No: 0743 Rated Capacity (R.C.) t nominal (lb) 9.07 (20000) 13.6 (30000) 20.4 (45000) Rated Output 2 ± Zero load Output %R.C. 1.5 Combined Error 1) 2) %R.C Repeatability Error %A.L. 3) 0.01 Creep, 30 minute %A.L Min. Dead Load Output Return (DR), 30 min %A.L Temperature Effect on Min Dead load Output %R.C./ C (../ F) (0.001) Sensitivity 2) %A.L./ C (../ F) (0.0005) Compensated C ( F) 10 to +40 (+14 to +104) Temperature Range Operating C ( F) 20 to +65 ( 4 to +122) Safe Storage C ( F) 40 ~ +80 ( 40 ~ +176) OIML Cert. No. R60/1991-NL European Cert. No. NMi TC2977 Class C3 OIML / European Approval 4) nmax 3000 Y 6000 PLC 0.7 Humidity Symbol none Min. dead load kg (lb) 50 (110) 100 (220) Number Class III M NTEP Approval 2) nmax 5000 Vmin kg (lb) 1.3 (2.8) 1.9 (4.2) 2.9 (6.4) Min. dead load kg (lb) 90 (200) Number, Category 2 KEMA 03ATEX1069 Number, Category 3 KEMA 03ATEX1070 II 2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Gb ATEX Approval 4) II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T100 C Db Ratings II 3 G Ex ic IIC T4 T Gc II 3 G Ex na IIC T4 Gc II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T100 C Dc Entity Parameters Ui=25V, Ii=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=5nF, Li=30µH Un = 25V Number IS / I,II,III / 1 / ABCDEFG /T4 Factory Mutual Rating NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T6 Approval 4) S / II,III / 2 / FG / T6 Entity Parameters Vmax=25V, Imax=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=0, Li=29µH System Drawing No R Excitation Voltage Recommended V AC/DC 5-15 Maximum V AC/DC 20 Terminal Resistance Excitation Ω 380± ± 100 Output Ω 350 ± ± 20 Insulation MΩ 5000 Breakdown Voltage V AC > 500 Spring Element stainless steel Material Enclosures 304 stainless steel Cable entry fitting 304 stainless steel Cable Polyurethane Type welded Protection IP Rating IP 68 NEMA Rating NEMA 6/6P Load Limit Safe %R.C. 150 Ultimate %R.C. 300 Safe Side Load 5) %R.C. 100 Safe Dynamic Load %R.C. 70 Fatigue Life >1,000,000 Direction of Loading beam R.C., nominal mm (in) 0.91 (0.036) 1.65(0.065) Weight, nominal kg (lb) 7.0 (15.5) 11.5 (25.5) Cable Length m (ft) 4.5, 9.1, 18.2 (15, 30, 60) Barometric Pressure Effect on Zero Load Output kg/kpa (lb/in.hg) none Grade 8.8 (Grade 5) Mounting Screw Size / thread mm (in) M24 (1-8 UNC) M30 (1-1/4-7 UNC) Engaged Length mm (in) Torque, nominal N.m (ft-lb) 600 (475) 1200 (1000) 1) Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis 2) Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44 3) A.L. = Applied Load 4) See certificate for complete information. 5) Protect mounting screws from shear 102

103 SLB215 Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [inch] Dimensions and locations Model Capacity D (2x) D1 D2 H H1 H2 H3 H6 L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 W W1 SLB kg M [ lb] [0.51] [0.49] [1.19] [0.07] [0.79] [0.63] [0.02] [5.25] [2.22] [4.00] [1.00] [0.61] [0.25] [1.21] [0.26] SLB kg M [5000 lb] [0.51] [0.49] [1.44] [0.10] [0.79] [0.77] [0.10] [5.38] [2.19] [4.00] [1.00] [0.72] [1.45] [0.24] SLB kg M [ lb] [0.81] [0.87] [1.69] [0.10] [0.79] [0.89] [0.10] [6.75] [2.91] [5.25] [1.50] [0.84] [1.69] [0.24] L 20 Notes: 1) Dimensions are in mm [inch] Ø D2 1/4 18 NPT Cable length 3m, 5m, 10m Overload stop on kg [ lb] only 2) 3) Detail A Detail A Ø D1 H6 Ø D (2x) W H6 H H3 H2 L5 H1 L1 H1 L5 L3 L4 L2 W1 SLB215 Foot Kit FTKT mm [inch] D H4 A A H3 H2 H1 H L A-A R Notes: 1) Dimensions are in mm [inch] W Materials: Stainless steel, NBR 70 L1 Dimensions and locations L L1 D H H1 H2 H3 H4 R W Model Capacity min max min max FTKT kg Ø M [ lb] [Ø1.97] [4.00] [2.36] [2.84] [1.17] [1.65] [0.72] [0.35] [2.29] [0.30] [0.50] FTKT 2200 kg Ø M [5000 lb] [Ø1.97] [4.00] [2.61] [3.09] [1.17] [1.65] [0.72] [0.35] [2.29] [0.30] [0.50] FTKT 4400 kg Ø M [ lb] [Ø2.76] [5.25] [3.58] [4.33] [1.89] [2.64] [1.16] [0.67] [3.44] [0.39] [0.82] 103

104 SLB215 Expansion + Vibration Kit EVKT mm [inch] H3 L3 L L1 4-Ø D1 A-A A-A R Load Cells H4 A D3 A H2 H1 H L L1 Ø D2 W W Materials: Stainless steel, NBR 70 Notes: 1) Dimensions are in mm [inch] L3 L2 Dimensions and locations D1 D2 D3 H H1 H2 H3 H4 L L1 L2 L3 R W S MAX* Model Capacity min max min max EVKT kg Ø9 Ø60 M ±3 [ lb] [Ø0.35] [Ø2.36] [2.48] [2.95] [1.29] [1.76] [0.85] [0.18] [2.42] [3.15] [2.28] [4.00] [0.43] [0.30] [0.50] [±0.12] EVKT 2200 kg Ø9 Ø60 M ±3 [5000 lb] [Ø0.35] [Ø2.36] [2.48] [2.95] [1.29] [1.76] [0.85] [0.18] [2.42] [3.15] [2.28] [4.00] [0.43] [0.30] [0.50] [±0.12] EVKT 4400 kg Ø11 Ø72 M ±3 [ lb] [Ø0.43] [Ø2.83] [3.58] [4.33] [1.89] [2.64] [1.16] [0.37] [3.44] [3.94] [2.99] [5.25] [0.47] [0.39] [0.82] [±0.12] *MAX Lateral displacement SLB215 Base Plate Kit BPK mm [inch] Capacity Dimensions and Locations L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 W1 W2 W3 W4 110 kg 1.1 t [ lb] [7] [6] [0.5] [0.63] [4.63] [1] [1.63] [4.5] [3.5] [2.25] [1.63] 2.2 t [5000 lb] [7] [6] [0.5] [0.63] [4.63] [1] [1.63] [4.5] [3.5] [2.25] [1.63] 4.4 t [10,000 lb] [9.25] [7.25] [1] [0.88] [5.88] [1.5] [2.13] [6] [4] [3] [2.13] MA Capacity Dimensions and Locations H1 H2 H3 H4 D1 D2 D3 MA cs 1 MA ss kg 1.1 t M12 M Nm 100 Nm [ lb] [2.76] [2.44] [0.75] [0.5] [0.44] [100 lb ft] [75 lb ft] 2.2 t M12 M Nm 100 Nm [5000 lb] [3.01] [2.96] [0.75] [0.5] [0.44] [100 lb ft] [75 lb ft] 4.4 t M18 M Nm 270 Nm [10,000 lb] [3.92] [3.44] [1] [0.75] [0.69] [250 lb ft] [200 lb ft] 1) Torque carbon steel version 2) Torque steinless steel version SLB215 Load Cell Order Information 104 Description Item No. Load cell, model no. SLB kg (500lb) C3 5m (16.4ft) Ex Load cell, model no. SLB kg (500lb) C3 10m (32.8ft) Ex Load cell, model no. SLB kg (1250lb) C3 5m (16.4ft) Ex Load cell, model no. SLB kg (1250lb) C3 10m (32.8ft) Ex Load cell, model no. SLB t (2500lb) C3 5m (16.4ft) Ex Load cell, model no. SLB t (2500lb) C3 10m (32.8ft) Ex Load cell, model no. SLB t (5000lb) C3 5m (16.4ft) Ex Load cell, model no. SLB t (5000lb) C3 10m (32.8ft) Ex Load cell, model no. SLB t (10000lb) C1 5m (16.4ft) Ex Load cell, model no. SLB t (10000lb) C1 10m (32.8ft) Ex Options Base Plate Kit BPK Carbon Steel 110kg-1.1t ( lb) Base Plate Kit BPK Carbon Steel 2.2t (5000lb) Base Plate Kit BPK Carbon Steel 4.4t (1000lb) Expansion+Vibr Kit EVKT Stainless Steel 220kg-2.2t ( lb) Expansion+Vibr Kit EVKT Stainless Steel 4.4t (10000lb) Foot Kit FTKT Stainless Steel 220kg-2.2t ( lb) Foot Kit FTKT Stainless Steel 4.4t (10000lb) Bolded entries are stocked Materials: Stainless steel or painted steel SLB215 Load Cell Cable Colours Colour Function Green + Excitation Black Excitation White + Signal Red Signal Yellow Shield* * Connected to Spring Element

105 Load Cells Global Usage No Compromise on Performance SLB415 Beam Load Cells Every SLB415 beam load cell features: Blind hole load introduction OIML C3 and NTEP III M 5,000d approvals ATEX Zone1/2 and 21/22 approvals FM Class I,II,III Div 1&2 approvals Nickel plated steel Hermetically sealed design IP67 protection class The SLB415 is approved for use in various applications in Europe, Asia, America and almost everywhere else in the world. If an approval is required, the SLB415 probably already complies. Floor Scales Use the SLB415 load cell in platform and floor scales. Due to the hermetic welded design reliability in most industrial environments is guaranteed. The full set of approvals provides maximum applicability and safety in these applications. Tank Weighing The capacity range from 110kg to 4.4t allows the weighing of tanks, hoppers and silos. Rocker pin load cell introduction is ideal for high accuracy and repeatability. Various accessories to ease installation are available. Gagemount Module SLB415 load cells are made from nickel plated tool steel but are hermetically sealed, something normally available only on higher end stainless models. This protects the load cell from damp for the best stability and measuring performance. 105

106 SLB415 Load Cell Specifications Load Cells Parameter unit of measure Specification Model No. SLB415 Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg (lb, nominal) 110 (250) 220 (500) 550 (1250) 1100 (2500) 2200 (5000) 4400 (10000) - kg ± ± Rated Output - lb ± ± Zero load Output %R.C. 1.0 Combined Error 1) 2) %R.C Repeatability Error %A.L. 3) 0.01 Creep, 30 minute %A.L Min. Dead Load Output Return (DR), 30 min %A.L Min. Dead load Output %R.C./ C (../ F) (0.0013) Temperature Effect on Sensitivity 2) %A.L./ C (../ F) (0.0005) Compensated -10 ~ +40 (+14 ~ +104) Temperature Range Operating C ( F) -40 ~ +65 (-40 ~ +150) Safe Storage -40 ~ +80 (-40 ~ +176) OIML Cert. No. R60/2000-NL European Cert. No. TC8311 Class C3 nmax 3000 OIML / European Approval PLC 0.7 Y 6000 Humidity Symbol none Min. dead load kg (lb) 0.4 (0.88) Z 3000 Number Class III M NTEP Approval 4) nmax 5000 Vmin kg (lb) (0.04) (0.08) (0.20) (0.40) (0.81) (1.62) Min. dead load kg (lb) 0 (0) Number, cat. 2 DEKRA 13ATEX0081 Number, cat. 3 DEKRA 13ATEX0082 II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4 Gb II 2 D Ex ib IIIC T100 C Db ATEX Approval 4) II 3 G Ex ic IIC T4 Gc Rating II 3 G Ex na IIC T4 Gc II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T100 C Dc Ta: -40 C to +60 C Entity Parameters Ui=20V, Ii=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=0.2nF/m (5), Li=1µH/m (5) Number, USA IS / I,II,III / 1 / ABCDEFG /T4 Ta =50 C Factory Mutual Approval 4) Rating NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T6 Ta = 50 C S / II,III / 2 / FG / T6 Ta = 50 C Entity Parameters Vmax=20V, Imax=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=0, Li=0 System Drawing No, USA Recommended 5~15 Excitation Voltage V DC Max. 20 Excitation 382±4 Terminal Resistance Ω Output 350±1 Insulation MΩ >5000 Breakdown Voltage V AC >500 Spring Element Alloy Steel Material Cable PVC Finish nickel plated Type welded Protection IP Rating IP67 NEMA Rating NEMA 6 Safe 150 Load Limit %R.C. Ultimate 300 Safe Side Load %R.C. 100 Safe Dynamic Load %R.C. 70 Fatigue Life > 1,000,000 Direction of Loading beam R.C., nominal mm (in) 0.07 (0.003) 0.14 (0.005) 0.23 (0.009) 0.26 (0.01) 0.37 (0.015) 0.6 (0.024) Weight, nominal kg (lb) 1 (2.2) 1.4 (3.1) 2.4 (5.3) Cable Barometric Pressure Effect on Zero Load Output kg/kpa (lb/in.hg) none Overload Protection yes no Grade 10.9 (Grade 8) Mounting Screw Torque, nominal N.m (ft-lb) 120 (100) 275 (220) Dimensions Drawing No. 2D D Enclosure Length Size/thread 304 stainless steel m (ft) mm (in) 2, 3, 5,10 (6.6, 9.8, 16.4, 32.8) M12 (1/2-13 UNC) M18 (3/4-10 UNC) Cable entry fitting Diameter Engaged Length 304 stainless steel mm (in) mm (in) 5.2 (0.20) 1) Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis 2) Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44 3) A.L. = Applied Load 4) See certificate for complete information 5) /m Load Cell Cable 106

107 SLB415 Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [inch] Dimensions and locations Model Capacity D (2x) D1 D2 H H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 1) L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 1) W W1 SLB kg [ lb] [0.51] [0.88] [0.62] [1.19] [0.07] [0.68] [0.63] [0.18] [0.31] [0.015] [5.25] [2.27] [4.0] [1.0] [0.61] [0.25] [1.21] [0.24] SLB kg [5000 lb] [0.51] [0.88] [0.62] [1.44] [0.24] [0.90] [0.77] [0.36] [0.50] [0.24] [5.38] [2.28] [4.0] [1.0] [0.72] [1.45] [0.24] SLB kg [ lb] [0.76] [1.38] [0.88] [1.69] [0.18] [1.16] [0.89] [0.43] [0.70] [0.18] [6.75] [2.91] [5.25] [1.50] [0.84] [1.69] [0.24] D1 W C L D (2x 1/4 18 NPT, all capacities Notes: Dimensions are in mm [inches] W1 T, all capacities Detail A D2 L3 L4 L2 H6 (GAP) H1 H2 H5 H4 Ø 3 [0.118] Thru L L5 H H3 H6 (GAP) See detail A L5 H1 L1 SLB415 Foot Kit FTK mm [inch] Capacity Dimensions and Locations L L1 H H1 H2 H3 110 kg 1.1 t ø50 ø [ lb] [ø1.97] [ø0.59] [2.14] [2.14] [0.95] [0.35] 2.2 t ø50 ø [5000 lb] [ø1.97] [ø0.59] [2.14] [2.14] [0.95] [0.35] 4.4 t ø70 ø [10,000 lb] [ø2.76] [ø0.59] [3.59] [3.15] [1.52] [0.67] +4[0.16] +4[0.16] Materials: Stainless steel, NBR 70 Provided with retaining clip SLB415 Expansion Kit EK mm [inch] Capacity Dimensions and Locations L L1 L2 L3 H H1 H2 H3 Smax* 110 kg 1.1 t ø50 34 M8 ø ±3 mm [ lb] [ø1.97] [1.34] [ø0.59] [2.35] [1.85] [0.94] [0.55] [±0.12] 2.2 t ø50 34 M8 ø ±3 mm [5000 lb] [ø1.97] [1.34] [ø0.59] [2.50] [2.06] [0.94] [0.55] [±0.12] 4.4 t ø60 45 M10 ø ±3 mm [10,000 lb] [ø2.36] [1.77] [ø0.85] [2.90] [2.46] [1.10] [0.67] [±0.12] * Max lateral displacement Materials: Stainless steel, Polyethylene foam 107

108 SLB415 Expansion + Vibration Kit EVKT mm [inch] Smax Load Cells Materials: Stainless steel, NBR 70, Polyethylene foam Capacity Dimensions and Locations D L L1 L2 L3 H H1 H2 H3 Smax* 110 kg 1.1 t ø9 ø80 ø58 ø ±3 mm [ lb] [ø0.35] [ø3.15] [ø2.28] [ø0.59] [2.28] [2.23] [1.74] [0.85] [0.20] [±0.12] 2.2 t ø9 ø80 ø58 ø ±3 mm [5000 lb] [ø0.35] [ø3.15] [ø2.28] [ø0.59] [2.28] [2.38] [1.94] [0.85] [0.20] [±0.12] 4.4 t ø11 ø100 ø72 ø ±3 mm [10,000 lb] [ø0.43] [ø3.94] [ø2.83] [ø0.85] [2.99] [2.98] [2.54] [1.18] [0.39] [±0.12] * Max lateral displacement SLB415 Base Plate Kit BPK mm [inch] Capacity Dimensions and Locations L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 W1 W2 W3 W4 110 kg 1.1 t [ lb] [7] [6] [0.5] [0.63] [4.63] [1] [1.63] [4.5] [3.5] [2.25] [1.63] 2.2 t [5000 lb] [7] [6] [0.5] [0.63] [4.63] [1] [1.63] [4.5] [3.5] [2.25] [1.63] 4.4 t [10,000 lb] [9.25] [7.25] [1] [0.88] [5.88] [1.5] [2.13] [6] [4] [3] [2.13] MA Capacity Dimensions and Locations H1 H2 H3 H4 D1 D2 D3 MA cs 1 MA ss kg 1.1 t M12 M Nm 100 Nm [ lb] [2.76] [2.44] [0.75] [0.5] [0.44] [100 lb ft] [75 lb ft] 2.2 t M12 M Nm 100 Nm [5000 lb] [3.01] [2.96] [0.75] [0.5] [0.44] [100 lb ft] [75 lb ft] 4.4 t M18 M Nm 270 Nm [10,000 lb] [3.92] [3.44] [1] [0.75] [0.69] [250 lb ft] [200 lb ft] 1) Torque carbon steel version 2) Torque steinless steel version SLB415 Load Cell Order Information 108 Description Item No. Load cell, model no. SLB kg (250lb) C3 5m (16.4ft) Ex Load cell, model no. SLB kg (250lb) C3 10m (32.8ft) Ex Load cell, model no. SLB kg (500lb) C3 5m (16.4ft) Ex Load cell, model no. SLB kg (500lb) C3 10m (32.8ft) Ex Load cell, model no. SLB kg (1250lb) C3 5m (16.4ft) Ex Load cell, model no. SLB kg (1250lb) C3 10m (32.8ft) Ex Load cell, model no. SLB t (2500lb) C3 5m (16.4ft) Ex Load cell, model no. SLB t (2500lb) C3 10m (32.8ft) Ex Load cell, model no. SLB t (5000lb) C3 5m (16.4ft) Ex Load cell, model no. SLB t (5000lb) C3 10m (32.8ft) Ex Load cell, model no. SLB t (10000lb) C3 5m (16.4ft) Ex Load cell, model no. SLB t (10000lb) C3 10m (32.8ft) Ex Options Base Plate Kit BPK Carbon Steel 110kg-1.1t ( lb) Base Plate Kit BPK Carbon Steel 2.2t (5000lb) Base Plate Kit BPK Carbon Steel 4.4t (1000lb) Expansion Kit EK Stainless Steel 110kg-2.2t ( lb) Expansion Kit EK Stainless Steel 4.4t (10000lb) Expansion+Vibr Kit EVK Stainless Steel 110kg-2.2t ( lb) Expansion+Vibr Kit EVK Stainless Steel 4.4t (10000lb) Foot Kit FTK Stainless Steel 110kg-2.2t ( lb) Foot Kit FTK Stainless Steel 4.4t (10000lb) Bolded entries are stocked Materials: Stainless steel or painted steel SLB415 Load Cell Cable Colours Colour Function Green + Excitation Black Excitation White + Signal Red Signal Yellow Shield* * Connected to Spring Element

109 Load Cells Globally Approved for Accuracy and Safety 0782 High Capacity Load Cell Every 0782 high capacity load cell features: OIML C3 and NTEP IIILM d approvals (20t 100t) ATEX Zone1/2 and 21/22 approvals FM Class I,II,III Div 1 approvals Stainless steel (20t 300t) Hermetically sealed design IP68 protection class The 0782 is approved for use in various applications in Europe, Asia, America and almost everywhere else in the world. If an approval is required, the 0782 probably already complies. The 0782 load cell is even approved for hazardous areas. Vehicle Weighing Use the 0782 load cell in new truck, rail road track and other heavy capacity weigh bridge applications or as a re placement for cells in an old weighbridge to enhance its performance. The 0782 is ideally suited to this application. Tank Weighing The capacity range from 20t to 300t allows the weighing of big tanks and silos with ease. The stainless steel design, hermetic sealing and IP68 protection provides the best reliability in tank weighing appli cations. PinMount Module The optional METTLER TOLEDO PinMount (30t 100t) weigh module adds suspension, checking and anti-tiping to your 0782 load cell and includes top and bottom mounting plates to simplify installation. Available in zinc plated mild steel or 304 stainless steel. 109

110 0782 Load Cell Specifications Load Cell Parameter unit of measure Specification Model No Rated Capacity (R.C.) t (klb, nominal) 20 (44) 30 (66) 50 (110) 100 (220) 200 (441) 300 (661) Rated Output 2 ± 0.1% Zero load Output %R.C. 1 Combined Error 1) 2) %R.C Repeatability Error %A.L. 3) Creep, 30 minute %A.L Min. Dead Load Output Return (DR), 30 min %A.L Temperature Effect on Min. Dead load Output %R.C./ C (../ F) (0.001) Sensitivity 2) %A.L./ C (../ F) (0.0005) (0.001) Compensated -10 ~ +40 (+14 ~ +104) Temperature Range Operating C ( F) -30 ~ +65 (-22 ~ +150) Safe Storage -40 ~ +80 (-40 ~ +176) OIML Cert. No. R60/2000-NL European Cert. No. NMi TC5844 Class C3 OIML / European Approval 4) NTEP Approval 4) ATEX Approval 4) Factory Mutual Approval 4) Excitation Voltage nmax 3000 Y 6666 PLC 0.7 Humidity Symbol CH Min. dead load kg (lb) 0 (0) Z 3000 Number Class III L M nmax Vmin kg (lb) 1.4 (3.0) 2.1 (4.5) 3.5 (7.5) 7.0 (15.0) Min. dead load kg (lb) 50 (100) Number, cat. 2 KEMA 02ATEX1249 X Rating II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4 T6 II 2 D Ex ibd 21 IP68 T60 C Entity Parameters Ui=25V, Ii=600mA, Pi= W, Ci=2.6-6nF, Li=13-30µH Number, cat. 3 KEMA 06ATEX0122 II 3 G Ex nl IIC T6 Rating II 3 G Ex na II T6 II 3 D Ex td A22 IP 68 T60 C Entity Parameters Ui = 25V, Ci 2.6-6nF, Li µh Number, USA Rating IS/I,II,III/1/ABCDEFG/T4 NI/I,II,III/2/ABCDFG/T4 Entity Parameters Vmax=20V, Imax=600mA, Pi=1.25W Ci=4nF, Li=17.7µH Ci=6nF, Li=26.5µH System Drawing No, USA Recommended 5 ~ 15 V AC/DC Max. 20 Excitation 1160 ± ± 15 Terminal Resistance Output Ω 1000 ± 3 Insulation MΩ > 5000 Breakdown Voltage V AC >500 Spring Element stainless steel Material Enclosure stainless steel Cable entry fitting stainless steel Cable PVC Type welded Protection IP Rating IP 68 NEMA Rating NEMA 6/6P Load Limit Safe 125 %R.C. Ultimate 300 Safe Dynamic Load %R.C. 70 Fatigue Life >1,000,000 Direction of Loading compression Restoring Force 5) %A.L./mm (../in) 0.8 (19) 2 (52) 1.6 (40) 2.5 (63) Max Horizontal Travel 6) ± mm (in) 4 (0.16) 5 (0.20) 6 (0.24) R.C., nominal mm (in) 0.25 (0.010) 0.32 (0.013) 0.42 (0.017) Weight, nominal kg (lb) 2.8 (6.2) 3 (6.6) 3.3 (7.3) 4.5 (9.9) 12.5 (27.6) 21.7 (48) Cable Length m (ft) 13 (42.5) 20 (66) 30 (98) Diameter mm (in) 5.8 (0.23) Barometric Pressure Effect on Zero Load Output kg/kpa (lb/in.hg) 3 (6.6) 4.5 (9.9) 7.5 (16.5) 15 (33) 30 (66) 45 (99) 1) Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis 2) Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44. 3) A.L. = Applied Load 4) See certificate for complete information. 5) % of Applied Load (A.L.) per mm (in) displacement of the top button relative to the bottom button. 6) Maximum horizontal displacement of the top button relative to the bottom button. 7) In process, consult factory. 110

111 0782 Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [inch] ØD1 R (2x) 302 [11.90] 251 [9.88] H1 H2 H3 L H Ø40 [1.58) L1 H2 H1 Ø26 [1.02] 149 [5.87] H CL ØD1 ØD CL W C L ØD1 ØD 300t only 0782 Load Cell Receivers mm [inch] 20t - 50t 0782 Load Cell Receivers mm [inch] 100t See detail A 90.0 [3.54] ø79.5 [ø3.13] 0-ring A A [5.91] [6.19] 40.0 [1.57] 35.0 [1.38] [8.23] ø110.0 [ø4.33] 12.0 [0.47] View from the assembly bottom 51.0 [2.01] Ø 76.2 [3.00] Ø [2.75] Detail A Receiver mounting plate top & bottom Retain lower receiver to lower mounting plate with.500 DIA roll pin or equivalent Section A A only item 2 See detail A The receiver shown here are an example out of few. METTLER TOLEDO provides more receiver. Please contact the responsible sales in charge min [1.00] 46.3 [1.82] 0782 Load Cell Order Information Description Item No. Load Cell t Load Cell t Load Cell t Load Cell t Load Cell t Load Cell t Upper Receiver up to 50t Lower Receiver up to 50t Bottom Gasket Receiver Kit SS t Bolded entries are stocked 35.0 [1.38] ø80.0 [ø3.15] Assembly with receiver CP 0782 Load Cell Cable Colours Colour Green Black White Red Yellow Blue Yellow (long) Function + Excitation Excitation + Signal Signal + Sense Sense Shield Capacity Dimensions and Locations D D1 H H1 H2 H3 L L1 R W t [33 66 kib] [2.99] [1.49] [5.91] [4.41] [0.75] [2.95] [1.40] [1.97] [6.30] [3.78] 50 t [110 kib] [2.99] [1.49] [[5.91] [4.41] [0.75] [2.95] [1.40] [1.97] [12.0] [3.78] 100 t [220 kib] [4.02] [2.12] [5.91] [4.41] [0.75] [2.95] [1.99] [2.52] [12.0] [4.84] 200 t [440 kib] [6.22] [3.15] [7.68] [5.71] [0.98] [3.66] [2.96] [3.66] [5.75] [7.09] 300 t [660 kib] [7.56] [4.17] [9.84] [7.56] [1.14] [5.04] [3.91] [4.33] [35.4] [8.39] 111

112 Load Cells Globally Approved for Accuracy and Safety SLC610 Load Cell Every SLC610 load cell features: OIML C3 3000e and NTEP IIIM 6.000d approvals Option OIML C4 4000e ATEX Zone 0/1 and 20/21 approved FM Class I,II,III Div 1 approved Stainless steel Hermetically sealed design IP68 protection class The SLC610 is approved for use in various applications in Europe, Asia, America and almost everywhere else in the world. If an approval is required, the SLC610 probably already complies. Tank Weighing The SLC610 load cell with capacity range from 7.5t to 22.5t, allows the weighing of mid size tanks, hoppers and silos with ease. The stainless steel design, hermetic sealing and IP68 protection provides the best reliability in tank weighing applications. Hermetically Sealed The stainless steel housing is welded in place to create a hermetic seal to prevent moisture from entering the interior of the load cell and deteriorating the weighing performance or causing failure. SWC515 Weigh Mount The optional METTLER TOLEDO SWC515 weigh mount adds suspension, checking and antitipping to your SLC610 load cell and includes top and bottom mounting plates to simplify installation. Available in zinc plated mild steel or stainless steel. 112

113 SLC610 Load Cell Specifications Load Cell Unit of Measure Specification Model No. SLC610 Rated Capacity (R.C.) t (klb nominal) 7.5 (16.5) 15 (33) 22.5 (49.6) Rated Output R.C. 2 ± 0.1% Zero load Output %R.C. 5 Combined Error 1), 2) %R.C. C3: 0.018; C4: Repeatability Error %A.L. 3) C3: 0.01; C4: Creep, 30 minute %A.L. C3: ; C4: Min. Dead Load Output Return (DR), 30 min %A.L. C3: ; C4: Temperature Effect on Min. Dead Load Output %R.C./ C (.../ F) (0.0005) Sensitivity 2) %A.L./ C (.../ F) C3: (0.0005); C4: (0.0004) Compensated C ( F) 10 ~ +40 ( 14 ~ +104) Temperature Range Operating C ( F) 40 ~ +80 ( 40 ~ +176) Safe Storage C ( F) 40 ~ +80 ( 40 ~ +176) European Cert. No. D Class C3; C4 nmax 3000; 4000 Y OIML/European Approval 4) PLC 0.7 Humidity Symbol none Min. dead load kg (lb) 150 (331) 300 (661) 450 (992) Z 3000; 4000 Number Class III M NTEP Approval 4) nmax 6000 Vmin kg (lb) 0.6 (1.3) 1.3 (2.9) 1.9 (4.2) Min. dead load kg (lb) 0 (0) Number KEMA 09ATEX0175 X II 1G Ex ia IIC T6/T5 ATEX Approval 4) Ratings II 1D Ex iad 20 IP67 T100 C II 2G Ex ia IIC T6/T5 II 2D Ex iad 21 IP67 T100 C Entity Parameters UI = 30V, Pi = 4W Number, USA Rating IS/I,II,III/1/ABCDEFG/T4 Factory Mutual Approval 4) Entity Parameters Vmax=29.9VDC, Imax=450mA, Ci=0, Li=0 Sys. Drawing No, USA Excitation Voltage Recommended V AC/DC 5 ~ 15 Maximum V AC/DC 20 Terminal Resistance Excitation Ω 1150 ± 50 Output Ω 1000 ± 2 Insulation MΩ > 5000 Breakdown Voltage V AC > 500 Spring Element stainless steel Material Enclosure 316 stainless steel Cable entry fitting 316 stainless steel Cable Polyurethane; PTFE Type glass-to-metal seal Protection IP Rating IP68 NEMA Rating NEMA 6/6P Load Limit Safe %R.C. 200 Ultimate %R.C. 300 Safe Dynamic Load %R.C. 70 Fatigue Life > Direction of Loading compression Restoring Force 5) %A.L./mm (../in) 3) 2.4 (61) 3.4 (87) Max Horizontal Travel 6) ± mm (in) 8 (0.31) 7 (0.27) 5 (0.2) Weight, nominal kg (lb) 1 (2.2) Cable Length m (ft) 12 (39), 20 (66) Diameter mm (in) 5 (0.20) Barometric Pressure Effect on Zero Load Output kg/kpa (lb/in.hg) 0.5 (3.7) 1 (7.4) 1.5 (11.2) Drawing No. Dimensions To-Scale ) Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis 2) Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44. 3) A.L. = Applied Load 4) See certificate for complete information 5) % of Applied Load (A.L.) per mm (in) displacement of the top button relative to the bottom button 6) Maximum horizontal displacement of the top button relative to the bottom button 113

114 SLC610 Load Cell Dimensions mm [inch] Ø 28 [1.10] R (2x) 21 [0.83] Load Cells 89 [3.50] 44 [1.73] 23 [0.91] 6 [0.24] (2x) 11 [0.43] (2x) Ø 28 [1.10] Ø 68 [2.69] Capacity R Max. horiz. travel 7.5t [16.5 klb] [5.51] [0.31] 15t [33 klb] [5.51] [0.28] 22.5t [49.6klb] [7.09] [0.20] 28 [1.10] (2x) 75 [2.95] SLC610 Load Cell Cable Colors Colour Function Green + Excitation Black Excitation White + Signal Red Signal Yellow Shield SLC610 Load Cell Order Information Description Item No. Load Cell, model no. SLC610, 7.5t (16.5klb) 12m(39ft) cable C3/IIIM Load Cell, model no. SLC610, 15t (33klb) 12m(39ft) cable C3/IIIM Load Cell, model no. SLC610, 22.5t (49.6klb) 12m(39ft) cable C3/IIIM Load Cell, model no. SLC610, 7.5t (16.5klb) 20m(66ft) cable C3/IIIM Load Cell, model no. SLC610, 15t (33klb) 20m(66ft) cable C3/IIIM Load Cell, model no. SLC610, 22.5t (49.6klb) 20m(66ft) cable C3/IIIM Load Cell, model no. SLC610, 7.5t (16.5klb) 12m(39ft) PTFE cable C3/IIIM Load Cell, model no. SLC610, 15t (33klb) 12m(39ft) PTFE cable C3/IIIM Load Cell, model no. SLC610, 22.5t (49.6klb) 12m(39ft) PTFE cable C3/IIIM Load Cell, model no. SLC610, 7.5t (16.5klb) 20m(66ft) PTFE cable C3/IIIM Load Cell, model no. SLC610, 15t (33klb) 20m(66ft) PTFE cable C3/IIIM Load Cell, model no. SLC610, 22.5t (49.6klb) 20m(66ft) PTFE cable C3/IIIM Load Cell, model no. SLC610, 7.5t (16.5klb) 12m(39ft) cable C4/IIIM Load Cell, model no. SLC610, 15t (33klb) 12m(39ft) cable C4/IIIM Load Cell, model no. SLC610, 22.5t (49.6klb) 12m(39ft) cable C4/IIIM Load Cell, model no. SLC610, 7.5t (16.5klb) 20m(66ft) cable C4/IIIM Load Cell, model no. SLC610, 15t (33klb) 20m(66ft) cable C4/IIIM Load Cell, model no. SLC610, 22.5t (49.6klb) 20m(66ft) cable C4/IIIM Load Cell, model no. SLC610, 7.5t (16.5klb) 12m(39ft) PTFE cable C4/IIIM Load Cell, model no. SLC610, 15t (33klb) 12m(39ft) PTFE cable C4/IIIM Load Cell, model no. SLC610, 22.5t (49.6klb) 12m(39ft) PTFE cable C4/IIIM Load Cell, model no. SLC610, 7.5t (16.5klb) 20m(66ft) PTFE cable C4/IIIM Load Cell, model no. SLC610, 15t (33klb) 20m(66ft) PTFE cable C4/IIIM Load Cell, model no. SLC610, 22.5t (49.6klb) 20m(66ft) PTFE cable C4/IIIM Bolded entries are stocked 114

115 Load Cells S-Type Tension Load Cell The Economic Solution SLS410 S-Type Tension Load Cell Customer benefits Reliable Strain Gauge design Standard mechanical interface Robust design, nickel plated steel High output signal 3mV/V 0.03% accuracy IP67 Protection Use the SLS410 when economy counts without making compromises in weighing performance. The 0.03% accuracy is suitable for many industrial applications. The high output signal enables use of economic terminals and transmitters while getting the best system performance possible. Thus the SLS410 enables you to design an economic system with ex cellent weighing performance. Tension Weighing Use the SLS410 in tension weighing applications to convert suspended hoppers or other hanging devices into a weigh system. It can also used to convert mechanical scales to electronic. The robust and economical design is suitable for use in normal industrial environments. Robust Strain Gauge Design The SLS410 load cell uses a reliable Strain Gauge design with excellent measurement stability. The high sensitivity output enables the use of economic weight indicators providing a valuable solution. The wide capacity range provides the optimum selection to maximize signal for your application. Metric and Inch Versions The METTLER TOLEDO SLS410 load cell is available with Metric and Inch threads to match the commonly available standards. Due to the common mechanical interface the SLS410 can be easily integrated into most systems. Tension Weigh Mount The optional SWS310 Tension Weigh Module provides a complete solution to integrate into your system. Due to the optimized design the best weighing per formance is guaranteed. The LC is isolated from the rods while the ground strap provides a bipass for current thus protecting against lighting and welding damage. 115

116 SLS410 Load Cell Specifications Load Cells Parameter unit of measure Specification Model No. SLS410 Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg 50, , lb 50, , , 750, 1000, , ,000 15,000 20,000 Rated Output ± 0.25% Zero load Output %R.C. 1 Combined Error 1) %R.C Repeatability Error %A.L. 2) 0.01 Creep, 30 minute %A.L Temperature Effect on Min. Dead load Output %R.C./ C (../ F) (0.0015) Sensitivity %A.L./ C (../ F) (0.0008) Compensated C ( F) 10 to +40 (+14 to +104) Temperature Range Operating C ( F 35 to +65 ( 30 to +150) Safe Storage C ( F 35 to +85 ( 30 to +185) Excitation Voltage Recommended V AC/DC 10 Max. V AC/DC 18 Terminal Resistance Excitation Ω 430 ± 60 Output Ω 350 ± 3.5 Insulation MΩ > 5000 Breakdown Voltage V AC > 500 Spring Element Nickel plated steel Material Enclosure stainless steel Cable entry fitting stainless steel Cable Polyurethane Type potted Protection IP Rating IP67 NEMA Rating NEMA 6 Load Limit Safe %R.C. 150 Ultimate %R.C. 300 Safe Dynamic Load %R.C. 70 Fatigue Life 1,000,000 Direction of Loading tension & compression R.C., nominal mm (in) see drawing Weight, nominal kg (lb) 0.65 (1.4) 0.7 (1.6) 0.9 (2.0) 1.6 (3.4) 1.8 (4.0) 3 (6.6) 7.3 (16.1) Cable Length m (ft) 6 (19.7) Overload Protection no 1) Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis; 2) A.L. = Applied Load SLS410 Load Cell Order Information SLS410 Load Cell Cable Colors 116 Description Item No. Load cell, model no. SLS410, 50kg Load cell, model no. SLS410, 100kg Load cell, model no. SLS410, 250kg Load cell, model no. SLS410, 500kg Load cell, model no. SLS410, 1000kg Load cell, model no. SLS410, 2500kg Load cell, model no. SLS410, 5000kg Load cell, model no. SLS410, 7500kg Load cell, model no. SLS410, 50lb Load cell, model no. SLS410, 100lb Load cell, model no. SLS410, 200lb Load cell, model no. SLS410, 300lb Load cell, model no. SLS410, 500lb Load cell, model no. SLS410, 750lb Load cell, model no. SLS410, 1000lb Load cell, model no. SLS410, 1500lb Load cell, model no. SLS410, 2000lb Load cell, model no. SLS410, 3000lb Load cell, model no. SLS410, 5000lb Load cell, model no. SLS410, 10000lb Load cell, model no. SLS410, 15000lb Load cell, model no. SLS410, 20000lb ROD END+NUT M8X1.25 CS -100KG ROD END+NUT M12X1.75 CS -1T ROD END+NUT M20X1.5 CS -5T ROD END+NUT M24X2 CS 7.5T Bolded entries are stocked Color Red Black Green White Bare Function + Excitation Excitation + Signal Signal Shield

117 SLS410 Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [inch] Capacity kg kg 1000kg 2500kg 5000kg 7500kg Dimensions / Data H H / 2 L L / 2 T (2X) W W / 2 W 1 J (2) D B M A F GL RC 63.5 [2.50] 63.5 [2.50] 63.5 [2.50] [4.00] [4.00] [5.50] 31.8 [1.25] 31.8 [1.25] 31.8 [1.25] 50.8 [2.00] 50.8 [2.00] 69.9 [2.75] 50.8 [2.00] 50.8 [2.00] 50.8 [2.00] 76.2 [3.00] 76.2 [3.00] [4.00] 25.4 [1.00] 25.4 [1.00] 25.4 [1.00] 38.1 [1.5] 38.1 [1.5] 50.8 [2.00] M8X [0.4] deep M12X [0.4] deep M12X [0.4] deep M20X [0.6] deep M20X [0.8] deep M24X2 31 [1.2] deep 12.7 [0.50] 19.1 [0.75] 25.4 [1.00] 25.4 [1.00] 25.4 [1.00] 31.8 [1.25] 6.4 [0.25] 9.5 [0.38] 12.7 [0.50] 12.7 [0.50] 12.7 [0.50] 15.9 [0.63] 16.1 [0.63] 22.4 [0.88] 28.8 [1.13] 28.8 [1.13] 28.8 [1.13] 35.1 [1.38] 123 [4.84] 147 [5.79] 147 [5.79] 223 [8.78] 213 [8.39] 260 [10.24] 8 [0.31] 12 [0.47] 12 [0.47] 20 [0.79] 20 [0.79] 25 [0.98] 12 [0.47] 16 [0.63] 16 [0.63] 25 [0.98] 25 [0.98] 31 [1.22] 9.00 [0.35] [0.47] [0.47] [0.71] [0.71] [0.87] 24 [0.94] 32 [1.26] 32 [1.26] 50 [1.97] 50 [1.97] 60 [2.36] 42 [1.65] 54 [2.13] 54 [2.13] 78 [3.07] 78 [3.07] 94 [3.70] 25 [0.98] 33 [1.30] 33 [1.30] 47 [1.85] 47 [1.85] 58 [2.28] 50kg 0.23 [0.009] 100kg 0.24 [0.009] 250kg 0.21 [0.008] 500kg 0.23 [0.009] 0.25 [0.010] 2500kg 0.50 [0.020] 5000kg 0.60 [0.024] 0.64 [0.025] SLS410 Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [inch] Capacity LB LB 2000LB 3000LB LB 15000LB 20000LB Dimensions / Data H H / 2 L L / 2 T (2X) W W / 2 W I RC 63.5 [2.50] 63.5 [2.50] 63.5 [2.50] [4.00] [4.00] [5.50] [7.00] 31.8 [1.25] 31.8 [1.25] 31.8 [1.25] 50.8 [2.00] 50.8 [2.00] 69.9 [2.75] 88.9 [3.50] 50.8 [2.00] 50.8 [2.00] 50.8 [2.00] 76.2 [3.00] 76.2 [3.00] [4.00] [5.00] 25.4 [1.00] 25.4 [1.00] 25.4 [1.00] 38.1 [1.5] 38.1 [1.5] 50.8 [2.00] 63.5 [2.50] 1 / 4 28UNF 1 / 2-20UNF 1 / 2 20UNF 3 / 1 20UNF 3 / 4-16UNF 1 14UNS 1 1 / 4 12UNF 12.7 [0.50] 19.1 [0.75] 25.4 [1.00] 25.4 [1.00] 25.4 [1.00] 31.8 [1.25] 50.8 [2.00] 6.4 [0.25] 9.5 [0.38] 12.7 [0.50] 12.7 [0.50] 12.7 [0.50] 15.9 [0.63] 25.4 [1.00] 16.1 [0.63] 22.4 [0.88] 28.8 [1.13] 28.8 [1.13] 28.8 [1.13] 35.1 [1.38] 54.2 [2.13] 50LB 0.17 [0.007] 100LB 0.20 [0.007] 200/300LB 0.24 [0.009] 500LB 0.22 [0.009] 750LB/1KLB 0.23 [0.009] 1.5KLB 0.25 [0.010] 0.25 [0.010] 0.50 [0.020] 5KBL 0.50 [0.020] 10KBL 0.60 [0.024] 0.64 [0.025] 0.53 [0.21] 117

118 Load Cells S-Type Tension Load Cell for economical, no-compromise weighing SLS510 S-Type Tension Load Cell Customer benefits OIML C3 approval ATEX and FM approvals Reliable Strain Gauge design Standard mechanical interface Robust design, 17-4PH Stainless steel High output signal; 3mV/V Potted; IP67 Protection Use the SLS510 when better corrosion protection is required and weighing performance cannot be compromised. The SLS510 is approved for use in various applications. Its metrology approval is OIML C3, and its high output signal permits the use of economic terminals and transmitters. Together, these features ensure the best possible system performance. Tension Weighing Use the SLS510 in tension to convert suspended hoppers or other hanging devices into a weighing system or to convert mechanical scales to electronic. The robust and economical stainless steel design is suitable for use in industrial environments requiring a higher degree of corrosion protection. 118 Robust Strain Gauge Design The SLS510 load cell uses a reliable Strain Gauge design with excellent stability. The high 3 mv/v output enables the use of economic weight indicators, providing a valuable low-cost solution. The wide capacity range offers the optimum selection to maximize signal for your application. Metric threads and kilogram calibration The METTLER TOLEDO SLS510 load cell is available with Metric threads and is calibrated in kilograms to match commonly available standards. Due to this common mechanical interface, the SLS510 is easy to integrate into most systems. Tension Weigh Module The optional SWS310 Tension Weigh Module provides a complete solution to integrate into your system. Due to the optimized design the best weighing performance is guaranteed. The load cell is electrically isolated from the rods, while the ground strap provides a bypass for current, thus protecting against lightning and welding damage.

119 SLS510 Load Cell Specifications Parameter Unit of measure Specification Model number SLS510 Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg 50, ,000 Rated Output R.C ± 0.25% Zero load Output % R.C. 1 Combined Error 1), 2) % R.C Repeatability Error % A.L. 3) 0.01 Creep, 30 min. % A.L Minimum Dead Load Output Return (DR), 30 min. % A.L Min. Dead Load Output % R.C./ C (../ F) Temperature effect on (0.001) (0.0008) (0.0006) Sensitivity 2) % A.L./ C (../ F) (0.0005) Compensated C ( F) -10 to +40 (+14 to +104) Temperature range Operating C ( F) -35 to +65 (-30 to +150) Safe storage C ( F) -35 to +85 (-30 to +185) European Cert. No. D Class C3 nmax 3000 OIML / European Y ,000 12,000 Approval 4) PLC 0.7 Humidity Symbol none Min. dead load kg (lb) 0 (0) Z 3000 II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 ATEX Approval 4) Rating II 1 D Ex iad 20 IP67 T73 C II 3 G Ex nl IIC T4 Entity Parameters Ui=20V, Ii=600mA, Pi=6W, Ci=12nF, Li=40μH IS / I,II,III / 1 / ABCDEFG / T4 I,II,III / 2 / ABCDEFG / T4 FM Approval, USA / Canada 4) Excitation voltage Terminal resistance Rating Class 1, Zone 0, AEx, ia IIC T4 Class 1, Zone 0, Ex, ia IIC T4 Class 1, Zone 2, Group IIC T4 (USA only) Ex nl IIC T4 (Canada only) Entity Parameters Vmax=20V, Imax=600mA, Pi=6W, Ci=12nF, Li=40μH System Drawing No R Recommended V AC/DC 10 Maximum V AC/DC 18 Excitation Ω 430 ± 50 Output Ω 350 ± 3 Insulation resistance at 50 VDC MΩ > 5000 Breakdown voltage V AC > 500 Spring Element Stainless steel Material Enclosure Stainless steel Cable entry fitting Stainless steel Cable Polyurethane Type Potted, with metal covers Protection IP Rating IP67 NEMA Rating NEMA 6 / 6P Load limit Safe 150 % R.C. Ultimate 300 Safe Dynamic Load % R.C. 70 Fatigue Life R.C. 1,000,000 Direction of Loading Tension R.C., nominal mm (in) (0.007) (0.009) (0.010) (0.014) (0.032) (0.032) (0.031) (0.022) Weight, nominal kg (lb) 0.65 (1.4) 0.7 (1.6) 0.7 (1.6) 0.9 (2.0) 1.6 (3.4) 1.8 (4.0) 3 (6.6) 7.3 (16.1) Cable Length m (ft) 6 (19.7) Overload Protection No Barometric Pressure Effect on Zero Load Output kg/kpa (lb/in. Hg) None Drawing No. Dimensions TA To-Scale TC ) Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis 2) Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 3) A.L. = Applied Load 4) See certificate for complete information. 119

120 Load Cells SLS510 Load Cell Dimensional Drawing mm [inch] Capacity kg kg 1000kg 2500kg 5000kg 7500kg kg Dimensions / Data H H / 2 L L / 2 T (2X) W W / 2 W 1 J (2) D B M A F GL RC 61.0 [2.40] 61.0 [2.40] 61.0 [2.40] 99.1 [3.90] 99.1 [3.90] [5.50] [7.00] 30.5 [1.20] 30.5 [1.20] 30.5 [1.20] 49.5 [1.95] 49.5 [1.95] 69.9 [2.75] 88.9 [3.50] 50.8 [2.00] 50.8 [2.00] 50.8 [2.00] 76.2 [3.00] 74.7 [2.94] 87.4 [3.44] [3.44] 25.4 [1.00] 25.4 [1.00] 25.4 [1.00] 38.1 [1.50] 37.3 [1.47] 43.7 [1.72] 56.4 [2.22] M8X [0.4] deep M12X [0.4] deep M12X [0.4] deep M20X [0.6] deep M20X [0.6] deep M24X2 31 [1.2] deep M30X2 40 [1.6] deep 12.7 [0.50] 18.0 [0.71] 24.4 [0.96] 24.4 [0.96] 30.7 [1.21] 37.1 [1.46] 42.9 [1.69] 5.8 [0.23] 9.0 [0.36] 12.2 [0.48] 12.2 [0.48] 15.4 [0.61] 18.5 [0.73] 21.5 [0.85] 15.1 [0.59] 21.4 [0.84] 27.8 [1.09] 27.8 [1.09] 34.1 [1.34] 40.5 [1.59] 46.3 [1.82] 120 [4.72] 144 [5.67] 144 [5.67] 221 [8.70] 221 [8.70] 260 [10.24] 310 [12.20] 8 [0.31] 12 [0.47] 12 [0.47] 20 [0.79] 20 [0.79] 25 [0.98] 30 [1.18] 12 [0.47] 16 [0.63] 16 [0.63] 25 [0.98] 25 [0.98] 31 [1.22] 37 [1.46] 9.00 [0.35] [0.47] [0.47] [0.71] [0.71] [0.87] [0.98] 24 [0.94] 32 [1.26] 32 [1.26] 50 [1.97] 50 [1.97] 60 [2.36] 70 [2.76] 42 [1.65] 54 [2.13] 54 [2.13] 78 [3.07] 78 [3.07] 94 [3.70] 110 [4.33] 25 [0.98] 33 [1.30] 33 [1.30] 47 [1.85] 47 [1.85] 58 [2.28] 71 [2.80] 50kg 0.18 [0.007] 100kg 0.18 [0.007] 250kg 0.23 [0.009] 500kg 0.25 [0.010] 0.37 [0.014] 0.81 [0.032] 0.81 [0.032] 0.78 [0.031] 0.57 [0.022] SLS510 Load Cell Order Information SLS510 Load Cell Cable Colors 120 Model Number Item No. Load Cell, Model no. SLS510, 50kg C Load Cell, Model no. SLS510, 100kg C Load Cell, Model no. SLS510, 250kg C Load Cell, Model no. SLS510, 500kg C Load Cell, Model no. SLS510, 1000kg C Load Cell, Model no. SLS510, 2500kg C Load Cell, Model no. SLS510, 5000kg C Load Cell, Model no. SLS510, 7500kg C Load Cell, Model no. SLS510, kg C ROD END+NUT M8X1.25 CS -100KG ROD END+NUT M12X1.75 CS -1T ROD END+NUT M20X1.5 CS -5T ROD END+NUT M24X2 CS 7.5T ROD END+NUT M30X2 CS 10T Bolded entries are stocked Color Red Black Green White Bare Function + Excitation Excitation + Signal Signal Shield

121 Load Cells Easy System Integration Platform Size 350x350 mm MT1022 Single Point Load Cell Customer benefits OIML R60 C3 approval NTEP 5000 III S/M approval ATEX Zone 1/2 and 21/22 approvals Off-center load compensation (R76) 350x350 mm platform size IP67 protection class Passivated aluminum 3-30kg capacity range The MT1022 is the ideal solution for retail scales, small platform scales and packaging and process weighing. Due to the low profile the integration into any system is easy. The low capacity range (3-30kg) allows the construction of highly accurate low-capacity scales. Retail and Bench Scales MT1022 provides the best weighing performance with such a low profile design. This saves cost in the scale design and makes an attractive low-profile product possible without compromising on performance. Off-Center Compensation One load cell can be used to support a weighing platform and, due to the off-center load compensation, the MT1022 will weigh within tolerance regardless of load application point. Robustness MT1022 allows 50% static overload without compromising the weighing performance. The passivated aluminum provides good corrosion re sistance suitable for many industrial applications. 121

122 MT1022 Load Cell Specifications Load Cells Parameter unit of measure Specification Model No. MT1022 Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg (lb, nominal) 3 (6.6) 5 (11) 7 (15.4) 10 (22) 15 (33) 20 (44.1) 30 (66.1) Rated Output 2 ± 0.2 Zero load Output %R.C. 10 Combined Error 1) 2) %R.C Repeatability Error %A.L. 3) 0.01 Creep, 30 minute %A.L Min. Dead Load Output Return (DR), 30 min %A.L Temperature Effect on Min. Dead load Output %R.C./ C (../ F) (0.0008) Sensitivity 2) %A.L./ C (../ F) ( ) Compensated -10 ~ +40 (+14 ~ +104) Temperature Range Operating C ( F) -20 ~ +65 (-4 ~ + 150) Safe Storage -20 ~ +80 (-4 ~ + 176) OIML Cert. No. R60/1991-NL European Cert. No. NMi TC5442 Class C3 nmax 3000 OIML / European Approval 4) Vmin g PLC 0.7 Humidity Symbol none Min. dead load kg (lb) 0 (0) Z 3000 Number Class III S, III M NTEP Approval 4) nmax 5000 Vmin g (lb) 0.45 (0.001) 0.9 (0.002) 0.9 (0.002) 2.2 (0.005) 2.2 (0.005) 2.2 (0.005) 4.4 (0.01) Min. dead load kg (lb) 0 (0) Number, cat. 2 KEMA 09ATEX0003 X Number, cat. 3 KEMA 09ATEX0004 X ATEX Approval 4) Rating II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4 II 2 D Ex ibd 21 IP66 T135 C II 3 G Ex na II T4 II 3 G Ex nl IIC T4 II 3 D Ex td A22 IP6X T100 C Entity Parameters Ui/Un=20V, Ii=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=5nF, Li=30μH Excitation Voltage Recommended 5 ~ 15 V AC/DC Max. 20 Terminal Resistance Excitation 410 ± 10 Ω Output 350 ± 4 Insulation MΩ > 5000 Breakdown Voltage V AC > 500 Spring Element Aluminium Material Enclosure none Cable PVC Type potted Protection IP Rating IP 67 NEMA Rating NEMA 6/6P Load Limit Safe 150 %R.C. Ultimate 300 Safe Dynamic Load %R.C. 70 Fatigue Life > Direction of Loading beam R.C., nominal mm (in) 0.3 (0.012) Weight, nominal kg (lb) 0.5 (1.1) Cable Length m (ft) 1 (3.3), 3m (6.6) Barometric Pressure Effect on Zero Load Output kg/kpa (lb/in.hg) none Safe Side Load %R.C. 100 Overload Protection none Grade 12.9 Mounting Screw Size/thread mm (in) M6x1 Engaged Length mm (in) 12 (0.47) Torque, nominal N.m (ft-lb) 10 (7.5) Max Platter Size cm x cm (in x in) 35 x 35 (14 x 14) Off Center Load Error, R76-1 %A.L./cm (../in) (0.0145) 1) Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis 2) Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44. 3) A.L. = Applied Load 4) See certificate for complete information. 122

123 MT1022 Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [inch] METTLER TOLEDO 22 [0.87] 25 [0.98] 130 [5.12] 4-M6-6H 15 [0.59] A 12 [0.47] 106 [4.17] Load Cell Capacity A 3, 5, 7 kg 25.4 (1.0) 10, 15, 20, 30 kg 30 (1.18) MT1022 Load Cell Order Information MT1022 Load Cell Cable Colours Description Item No. Load Cell MT1022-3kg-1M Load Cell MT1022-5kg-1M Load Cell MT1022-7kg-1M Load Cell MT kg-1M Load Cell MT kg-1M Load Cell MT kg-1M Load Cell MT kg-1M Load Cell MT1022-3kg-3M Load Cell MT1022-5kg-3M Load Cell MT1022-7kg-3M Load Cell MT kg-3M Load Cell MT kg-3M Load Cell MT kg-3M Load Cell MT kg-3M Bolded entries are stocked Green Black Red White Yellow + Excitation Excitation + Signal Signal Shield 123

124 Load Cells Easy System Integration Platform Size 400x400 mm MT1041 Single Point Load Cell Customer benefits OIML R60 C3 approval NTEP 5000 III S/M approval ATEX Zone 1/2 and 21/22 approvals Off-center load compensation (R76) 400x400 mm platform size IP67 protection class Passivated aluminum kg capacity range The MT1041 is the ideal solution for retail scales, small platform scales, packaging and process weighing. Due to the low profile the integration into any system is easy. With a capacity range of kg and allow-able platform size of 400x400mm, the MT1041 is the ideal solution for many scale applications. Bench Scales Packaging MT1041 provides best weighing performance with a low profile design optimized for the popular kg capacity range. Thus cost optimization and an attractive product appearance can be achieved. Off-Center Compensation One load cell can be used to support a weighing platform and, due to the off center load compensation, the MT1041 will weigh within tolerance regardless of load application point. Robustness MT1041 allows 50% static overload without compromising the weighing performance. The passivated aluminium provides good corrosion resistance suitable for many industrial applications. 124

125 MT1041 Load Cell Specifications Parameter unit of measure Specification Model No. MT1041 Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg (lb, nominal) 10 (22) 15 (33) 20 (44) 30 (66) 50 (110) 75 (165) 100 (220) Rated Output 2 ± 0.2 Zero load Output %R.C. 10 Combined Error 1) 2) %R.C Repeatability Error %A.L. 3) 0.01 Creep, 30 minute %A.L Min. Dead Load Output Return (DR), 30 min %A.L Temperature Effect on Min. Dead load Output %R.C./ C (../ F) (0.0008) Sensitivity 2) %A.L./ C (../ F) ( ) Compensated -10 ~ +40 (+14 ~ +104) Temperature Range Operating C ( F) -20 ~ +65 (-4 ~ + 150) Safe Storage -20 ~ +80 (-4 ~ + 176) OIML Cert. No. R60/1991-NL European Cert. No. NMi TC5366 Class C3 nmax 3000 OIML / European Approval 4) Vmin g PLC 0.7 Humidity Symbol none Min. dead load kg (lb) 0 (0) Z 3000 Number Class III S, III M NTEP Approval 4) nmax 5000 Vmin g (lb) 2.2 (0.005) 2.2 (0.005) 2.2 (0.005) 4.4 (0.01) 8.8 (0.02) 8.8 (0.02) 22 (0.05) Min. dead load kg (lb) 0 (0) Number, cat. 2 KEMA 09ATEX0003 X Number, cat. 3 KEMA 09ATEX0004 X ATEX Approval 4) Rating II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4 II 2 D Ex ibd 21 IP66 T135 C II 3 G Ex na II T4 II 3 G Ex nl IIC T4 II 3 D Ex td A22 IP6X T100 C Entity Parameters Ui/Un=20V, Ii=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=5nF, Li=30μH Excitation Voltage Recommended 5 ~ 15 V AC/DC Max. 20 Terminal Resistance Excitation 410 ± 10 Ω Output 350 ± 4 Insulation MΩ > 5000 Breakdown Voltage V AC > 500 Spring Element Aluminium Material Enclosure none Cable PVC Type potted Protection IP Rating IP 67 NEMA Rating NEMA 6/6P Load Limit Safe 150 %R.C. Ultimate 300 Safe Dynamic Load %R.C. 70 Fatigue Life > Direction of Loading beam R.C., nominal mm (in) 0.3 (0.012) Weight, nominal kg (lb) 0.9 (2) Cable Length m (ft) 2 (6.6) Barometric Pressure Effect on Zero Load Output kg/kpa (lb/in.hg) none Safe Side Load %R.C. 100 Overload Protection none Grade 12.9 Mounting Screw Size/thread mm (in) M6x1 Engaged Length mm (in) 12 (0.47) Torque, nominal N.m (ft-lb) 10 (7.5) Max Platter Size cm x cm (in x in) 40 x 40 (16 x 16) Off Center Load Error, R76-1 %A.L./cm (../in) (0.012) 1) Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis 2) Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44. 3) A.L. = Applied Load 4) See certificate for complete information. 125

126 Load Cells MT1041 Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [inch] METTLER TOLEDO 39 [1.54] 39 [1.54] 40 [1.57] 150 [5.91] 4-M6-12deep 25.4 [1] [0.75] 100 [3.94] [0.75] 5.95 [0.23] MT1041 Load Cell Order Information MT1041 Load Cell Cable Colours Description Item No. Load Cell MT kg-2M Load Cell MT kg-2M Load Cell MT kg-2M Load Cell MT kg-2M Load Cell MT kg-2M Load Cell MT kg-2M Load Cell MT kg-2M Load Cell MT kg-6M Load Cell MT kg-6M Load Cell MT kg-6M Load Cell MT kg-6M Load Cell MT kg-6M Load Cell MT kg-6M Load Cell MT kg-6M Bolded entries are stocked Colour Green Black Red White Blue Brown Yellow Function + Excitation Excitation + Signal Signal + Sense Sense Shield 126

127 Load Cells Easy System Integration Platform Size 400x400 mm MT1241 Single Point Load Cell Customer benefits OIML R60 C3 approval NTEP 5000 III S/M approval ATEX Zone 1/2 and 21/22 approvals Off-center load compensation (R76) 400x400 mm platform size IP67 protection class Passivated aluminum kg capacity range The MT1241 is the ideal solution for small floor scales and hoppers. Due to the low profile the integration into any system is easy. The broad capacity range allows wide application in industrial weighing applications. Bench and Floor Scales MT1241 provides the best weighing performance for bench scales and smaller floor scales in its capacity range. With a low profile design, cost optimization and an attractive product appearance can be achieved. Off-Center Compensation One load cell can be used to support a weighing platform and, due to the off-center load compensation, the MT1241 will weigh within tolerance regardless of load application point. Robustness MT1241 allows 50% static overload without compromising the weighing performance. The passivated aluminium provides good corrosion resistance suitable for many industrial applications. 127

128 MT1241 Load Cell Specifications Load Cells Parameter unit of measure Specification Model No. MT1241 Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg (lb, nominal) 30 (66) 50 (110) 100 (220) 150 (331) 200 (441) 250 (551) Rated Output 2 ± 0.2 Zero load Output %R.C. 10 Combined Error 1) 2) %R.C Repeatability Error %A.L. 3) 0.01 Creep, 30 minute %A.L Min. Dead Load Output Return (DR), 30 min %A.L Temperature Effect on Min. Dead load Output %R.C./ C (../ F) (0.0008) Sensitivity 2) %A.L./ C (../ F) ( ) Compensated -10 ~ +40 (+14 ~ +104) Temperature Range Operating C ( F) -20 ~ +65 (-4 ~ + 150) Safe Storage -20 ~ +80 (-4 ~ + 176) OIML Cert. No. R60/2000-NL European Cert. No. NMi TC5382 Class C3 nmax 3500 OIML / European Approval 4) Vmin g PLC 0.7 Humidity Symbol none Min. dead load kg (lb) 0 (0) Z 3500 Number Class III S, III M NTEP Approval 4) nmax 5000 Vmin g (lb) 4.4 (0.01) 8.8 (0.02) 22 (0.05) 22 (0.05) 22 (0.05) 44 (0.1) Min. dead load kg (lb) 0 (0) Number, cat. 2 KEMA 09ATEX0003 X Number, cat. 3 KEMA 09ATEX0004 X II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4 II 2 D Ex ibd 21 IP66 T135 C ATEX Approval 4) Rating II 3 G Ex na II T4 II 3 G Ex nl IIC T4 II 3 D Ex td A22 IP6X T100 C Entity Parameters Ui/Un=20V, Ii=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=5nF, Li=30μH Excitation Voltage Recommended 5 ~ 15 V AC/DC Max. 20 Terminal Resistance Excitation 410 ± 10 Ω Output 350 ± 4 Insulation MΩ > 5000 Breakdown Voltage V AC > 500 Spring Element Aluminium Material Enclosure none Cable PVC Type potted Protection IP Rating IP 67 NEMA Rating NEMA 6/6P Load Limit Safe 150 %R.C. Ultimate 300 Safe Dynamic Load %R.C. 70 Fatigue Life > Direction of Loading beam R.C., nominal mm (in) 0.3 (0.012) Weight, nominal kg (lb) 1.2 (2.6) Cable Length m (ft) 2 (6.6) Barometric Pressure Effect on Zero Load Output kg/kpa (lb/in.hg) none Safe Side Load %R.C. 100 Overload Protection none Grade 12.9 Mounting Screw Size/thread mm (in) M6x1 Engaged Length mm (in) 12 (0.47) Torque, nominal N.m (ft-lb) 10 (7.5) Max Platter Size cm x cm (in x in) 40 x 40 (16 x 16) Off Center Load Error, R76-1 %A.L./cm (../in) (0.012) 1) Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis 2) Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44. 3) A.L. = Applied Load 4) See certificate for complete information. 128

129 MT1241 Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [inch] METTLER TOLEDO 150 [5.91] 8-M6-12Deep 25.4 [1] 38 [1.5] 6.3 [0.25] 38 [1.5] 6.3 [0.25] 25.4 [1] 86.6 [3.41] 25.4 [1] MT1241 Load Cell Order Information MT1241 Load Cell Cable Colours Description Item No. Load Cell MT kg-2M Load Cell MT kg-2M Load Cell MT kg-2M Load Cell MT kg-2M Load Cell MT kg-2M Load Cell MT kg-2M Load Cell MT kg-6M Load Cell MT kg-6M Load Cell MT kg-6M Load Cell MT kg-6M Load Cell MT kg-6M Load Cell MT kg-6M Bolded entries are stocked Colour Green Black Red White Blue Brown Yellow Function + Excitation Excitation + Signal Signal + Sense Sense Shield 129

130 Load Cells Easy System Integration Platform Size 600x600 mm MT1260 Single Point Load Cell Customer benefits OIML R60 C3 approval NTEP 5000 III S/M approval ATEX Zone 1/2 and 21/22 approvals Off-center load compensation (R76) 600x600 mm platform size IP67 protection class Passivated aluminum kg capacity range The MT1260 is the ideal solution for floor scales and smaller hoppers. Due to the low profile the integration into any system is easy. The broad capacity range and large platform size allows wide useage in industrial weighing applications. Floor Scale Tank Weighing MT1260 provides the best weighing performance for floor scales and hopper weighing in its capacity range. With a low profile design, cost optimization and an attractive product appearance can be achieved. Off-Center Compensation One load cell can be used to support a weighing platform and, due to the off-center load compensation, the MT1260 will weigh within tolerance regardless of load application point. Robustness MT1260 allows 50% static overload without compromising the weighing performance. The passivated aluminium provides good corrosion resistance suitable for many industrial applications. 130

131 MT1260 Load Cell Specifications Parameter unit of measure Specification Model No. MT1260 Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg (lb, nominal) 50 (110) 75 (165) 100 (220) 150 (331) 200 (441) 250 (551) 300 (661) 500 (1102) 750 (1654) Rated Output 2 ± 0.2 Zero load Output %R.C. 10 Combined Error 1) 2) %R.C Repeatability Error %A.L. 3) 0.01 Creep, 30 minute %A.L Min. Dead Load Output Return (DR), 30 min %A.L Min. Dead load Temperature Effect on Output %R.C./ C (../ F) (0.0008) Sensitivity 2) %A.L./ C (../ F) ( ) Compensated -10 ~ +40 (+14 ~ +104) Temperature Range Operating C ( F) -20 ~ +65 (-4 ~ + 150) Safe Storage -20 ~ +80 (-4 ~ + 176) OIML Cert. No. R60/2000-NL European Cert. No. NMi TC5367 Class C3 OIML / European nmax 3000 Vmin g Approval 4) PLC 0.7 Humidity Symbol none Min. dead load kg (lb) 0 (0) Z 3000 Number Class III S, III M NTEP Approval 4) nmax 5000 Vmin g (lb) 8.8 (0.02) 8.8 (0.02) 22 (0.05) 22 (0.05) 22 (0.05) 44 (0.1) 44 (0.1) 88 (0.2) 88 (0.2) Min. dead load kg (lb) 0 (0) Number, cat. 2 KEMA 09ATEX0003 X Number, cat. 3 KEMA 09ATEX0004 X ATEX Approval 4) Rating II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4 II 2 D Ex ibd 21 IP66 T135 C II 3 G Ex na II T4 II 3 G Ex nl IIC T4 II 3 D Ex td A22 IP6X T100 C Entity Parameters Ui/Un=20V, Ii=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=5nF, Li=30μH Excitation Voltage Recommended 5 ~ 15 V AC/DC Max. 20 Terminal Resistance Excitation 410 ± 10 Ω Output 350 ± 4 Insulation MΩ > 5000 Breakdown Voltage V AC > 500 Spring Element Aluminium Material Enclosure none Cable PVC Type potted Protection IP Rating IP 67 NEMA Rating NEMA 6/6P Load Limit Safe 150 %R.C. Ultimate 300 Safe Dynamic Load %R.C. 70 Fatigue Life > Direction of Loading beam R.C., nominal mm (in) 0.3 (0.012) Weight, nominal kg (lb) 1.9 (4.2) Cable Length m (ft) 2 (6.6) Barometric Pressure Effect on Zero Load Output kg/kpa (lb/in.hg) none Safe Side Load %R.C. 100 Overload Protection none Grade 12.9 Mounting Screw Size/thread mm (in) M8x1.25 Engaged Length mm (in) 20 (0.79) Torque, nominal N.m (ft-lb) 25 (18) Max Platter Size cm x cm (in x in) 60 x 60 (24 x 24) Off Center Load Error, R76-1 %A.L./cm (../in) (0.008) 1) Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis 2) Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44. 3) A.L. = Applied Load 4) See certificate for complete information. 131

132 Load Cells MT1260 Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [inch] 62.3 [2.45] 62.5 [2.46] 52 [2.05] 188 [7.4] 8-M8-20Deep 63.5 [2.5] 50 [2.01] 5.5 [0.22] 35 [1.38] 107 [4.21] 35 [1.38] MT1260 Load Cell Order Information MT1260 Load Cell Cable Colours Description Item No. Load Cell MT kg-2M Load Cell MT kg-2M Load Cell MT kg-2M Load Cell MT kg-2M Load Cell MT kg-2M Load Cell MT kg-2M Load Cell MT kg-2M Load Cell MT kg-2M Load Cell MT kg-2M Load Cell MT kg-6M Load Cell MT kg-6M Load Cell MT kg-6M Load Cell MT kg-6M Load Cell MT kg-6M Load Cell MT kg-6M Load Cell MT kg-6M Load Cell MT kg-6M Load Cell MT kg-6M Bolded entries are stocked Colour Green Black Red White Blue Brown Yellow Function + Excitation Excitation + Signal Signal + Sense Sense Shield 132

133 Load Cells Hermetic Stainless Steel Single Point Platform Size up to 500x400 mm SLP845 Hermetic Single Point Load Cell The SLP845 load cell features: OIML and NTEP approval Hazardous area approval Hermetically sealed IP68/IP69K Stainless steel up to 500 x 400 mm platform size kg capacity range The SLP845 is the ideal solution for scales, packaging and process weighing where a hermetically sealed stainless steel load cell is required for harsh chemical and washdown environments. Due to the low profile the integration into any system is easy. The broad capacity range and large platform size allows wide application in industrial weighing applications. Wash Down Applications SLP845 is the right choice for the food or pharmaceutical industry where daily wash down is required. It provides best weighing performance in a hermetically sealed stainless steel load cell. Thus it is ideal for stainless steel scales or general weighing applications where the highest grade of IP protection and corrosion resistance is required. Off-Center Compensation One load cell can be used to support a weighing platform and, due to the off-center load compensation, the SSH will weigh within tolerance regardless of load application point. Robustness SLP845 is an extremely robust single point load cell suitable for almost all industrial environments. It allows 50% static overload without compromising the weighing performance. 133

134 SLP845 Load Cell Specifications Load Cells Parameter unit of measure Specification Model No. SLP 845 Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg(lb) 15 (32) 22 (48) 50 (110) 100 (220) 200 (440) Rated Output 2±10% Zero load Output %R.C. 1.0 Combined Error 1) 2) %R.C Repeatability Error %A.L. 3) 0.01 Creep, 30 minute %A.L Min. Dead Load Output Return (DR), 30 min %A.L Temperature Effect on Min. Dead load Output %R.C./ C Sensitivity 2) %A.L./ C Compensated C ( F) -10 ~ +40(+14 ~ +104) Temperature Range Operating -40 ~ +65 (-40 ~ +150) Safe Storage -40 ~ +80 (-40 ~ +176) OIML Cert. No. TC8077 Class C nmax 3000 OIML / European Approval 4) vmin g 1/2 2/5 5/10 10/20 20/50 PLC 0.7 Humidity Symbol none Min. dead load kg 0 Z 3000 Number tbd Class III NTEP Approval 4) nmax 5000 Vmin lb / / / / / 0.1 Min. dead load lb 0 Number, cat. 2 tbd Number, cat. 3 tbd ATEX Approval 4) Rating II 2G Ex ib IIC T4 Gb; II 2D Ex ib IIIC T100 Db II 3G Ex ic IIC T4 Gc; II 3G Ex na II T4 Gc; II 3D Ex td IIIC T100 Dc Ta: -40 C to +50 C Entity Parameters Ui=20V, Ii=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=5nF, Li=30µH Number, USA tbd IS / I,II,III / 1 / ABCDEFG /T4 Ta =50 C Entity NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T4 Ta = 50 C Factory Mutual Approval 4) Rating S / II / 2 / FG / T4 Ta = 50 C S / III / 2 / T4 Ta = 50 C Entity Parameters Vmax=20V, Imax=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=5nF, Li=30µH System Drawing No, USA tbd Excitation Voltage Recommended 5~15 V AC/DC Max. 20 Terminal Resistance Excitation 1116±20 Ω Output 1000±3 Insulation MΩ >5000 Breakdown Voltage V AC >500 Spring Element stainless steel 17-4PH Material Enclosure stainless steel 300 series Cable entry fitting stainless steel 300 series Cable PVC Type sealed Protection IP Rating IP68/IP69K NEMA Rating NEMA 6 Load Limit Safe 150% %R.C. Ultimate 200% Safe Dynamic Load %R.C. 100 Fatigue Life 1'000'000 Direction of Loading beam R.C., nominal mm (in) 0.18 ( ) 0.15 ( ) 0.18 ( ) 0.18 ( ) 0.22 ( ) Weight, nominal kg (lb) 1.3 (3) Cable Length m (ft) 3 (10) Diameter mm (in) 6.2 (0.25) Overload Protection none Grade A4-70 Mounting Screw Size / thread mm M6/1 Engaged Length mm 10 Torque, nominal Nm 10 Max Platter Size cm x cm (in x in) 30 x 30 (1.18 x 1.18) 40 x 50 (1.57 x 1.96) 1) Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis 2) Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44. 3) A.L. = Applied Load 4) See certificate for complete information. 134

135 SLP kg Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [inch] 4-M6 40 [1.57] 21.5 [0.85] 10 [0.39] 19 [0.75] 100 [3.94] 19 [0.75] 150 [5.91] 25 [0.98] SLP845 Load Cell Order Information SLP845 Load Cell Cable Colours Description Item No. Load Cell SLP845-15KG 3M C3/III S n:5 vmin 1g/0.002lb Load Cell SLP845-15KG 3M C3/III S n:5 vmin 2g/0.005lb Load Cell SLP845-22KG 3M C3/III S n:5 vmin 2g/0.005lb Load Cell SLP845-22KG 3M C3/III S n:5 vmin 5g/0.01lb Load Cell SLP845-50KG 3M C3/III S n:5 vmin 5g/0.01lb Load Cell SLP845-50KG 3M C3/III S n:5 vmin 10g/0.02lb Load Cell SLP KG 3M C3/III S n:5 vmin 10g/0.02lb Load Cell SLP KG 3M C3/III S n:5 vmin 20g/0.05lb Load Cell SLP KG 3M C3/III S n:5 vmin 20g/0.05lb Load Cell SLP KG 3M C3/III S n:5 vmin 50g/0.1lb Bolded entries are stocked Colour Green Black White Red Yellow Blue Yellow (Long) Function + Excitation Excitation + Signal Signal + Sense Sense Shield 135

136 Load Cells Hermetic Stainless Steel Single Point Platform Size up to 800x1200 mm SSH Hermetic Single Point Load Cell Customer benefits Off-center load compensation (R76) OIML R60 C3 approval (200 and 500 kg) up to 800x1200 mm platform size IP68 protection class Stainless Steel kg capacity range The SSH is the ideal solution for floor scales and packaging and process weighing where a hermetically sealed stainless steel load cell is required for harsh chemical and washdown environments. Due to the low profile the integration into any system is easy. The broad capacity range and large platform size allows wide application in industrial weighing applications. Wash Down Applications SSH is the right choice for the food or pharmaceutical industry where daily wash down is required. It provides best weighing performance in a hermetically sealed stainless steel load cell. Thus it is ideal for stainless steel scales or general weighing applications where the highest grade of IP protection and corrosion resistance is required. Off-Center Compensation One load cell can be used to support a weighing platform and, due to the off-center load compensation, the SSH will weigh within tolerance regardless of load application point. Highest Robustness SSH is an extremely robust single point load cell suitable for almost all industrial environments. It allows 50% static overload without compromising the weighing performance. 136

137 SSH Load Cell Specifications Parameter unit of measure Specification Model No: SSH Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg (lb) 50 (110) 100 (220) 200 (441) 500 (1102) 1000 (2205) Rated Output 2 ± 0.2 Zero load Output %R.C. 1 Combined Error 1) %R.C Repeatability Error %R.C Creep, 30 minute %A.L. 2) Min. Dead Load Output Return (DR), 30 min %A.L Temperature Effect on Min Dead load Output %R.C./ C (../ F) (0.001) Sensitivity %A.L./ C (../ F) (0.0005) Compensated C ( F) 10 to +40 (+14 to +104) Temperature Range Operating C ( F) 40 to +65 ( 40 to + 150) OIML / European Approval 3) Safe Storage C ( F) 40 to +80 ( 40 to +176) OIML Cert. No. R60/2000-NL European Cert. No. TC7648 Class C3 nmax 3000 Y 7350 Z 3000 PLC 0.7 Humidity Symbol CH Min. dead load kg (lb) 0 (0) Excitation Voltage Recommended V AC/DC 5~15 Maximum V AC/DC 20 Terminal Resistance Excitation Ω 381± 4 Output Ω 350 ± 1 Insulation MΩ 5000 Breakdown Voltage V AC > 500 Spring Element Stainless steel Material Enclosure Stainless steel Cable entry fitting Stainless steel Cable PVC Protection Type Welding IP Rating IP 68 Load Limit Safe %R.C. 150 Ultimate %R.C. 300 Safe Dynamic Load %R.C. 70 Fatigue Life >1,000,000 Direction of Loading compression R.C. mm (in) 0.3 typ (0.012typ) Weight kg (lb) 1,5 (3.3) 2 (4.5) Cable Length m (ft) 2.5m (8.3); 6 (20) Barometric Pressure Effect on Zero Load Output kg/kpa (lb/in.hg) none Safe Side Load %R.C. 100 Overload Protection No Grade 12.9 Mounting Screw Size/thread M8 M14 Engaged Length mm (in) 20 (0.8) Torque N.m (ft-lb) 20 (14.7) 30 (22) 98 (72) Max Platter Size cm x cm 50X50 60X80 80x120 (in x in) (19.7x19.7) (23.6x 31.5) (31.5x7.3) Off Center Load %A.L./cm (.../in) (0.01) (0.007) (0.005) 1) Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis 2) A.L. = Applied Load 3) See certificate for complete solution SSH Load Cell Order Information SSH Load Cell Cable Colours Colour Function Green + Excitation Black Excitation White + Signal Red Signal Yellow + Sense Blue Sense Yellow (Long) Shield Description Item No. Load Cell SSH 50kg 2.5M Load Cell SSH 100kg 2.5M Load Cell SSH 200kg 2.5M Load Cell SSH 500kg 2.5M Load Cell SSH 1000kg 2.5M Load Cell SSH 50kg 6M Load Cell SSH 100kg 6M Load Cell SSH 200kg 6M Load Cell SSH 500kg 6M Load Cell SSH 1000kg 6M Bolded entries are stocked 137

138 SSH kg Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [inch] Load Cells 65 [2.56] 38 [1.5] 8-M8-7H 25.4 ± 0.1 [1] 38 [1.5] 6.3 [0.25] 25.4 ± 0.1 [1] [5.41] 25.4 ± 0.1 [1] 150 [5.91] SSH 1000kg Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [inch] METTLER TOLEDO 4-M14-6H Two Side 8 [0.3] 46 [1.81] 72 [2.83] 38 [1.50] 150 [5.91] 138

139 Load Cells Steel Single Point Platform Size 1000x1000 mm IL Single Point Load Cell Customer benefits OIML R60 C3 approved Off-center load compensated (R76) Up to 1000x1000 mm platform size IP67 protection class Nickel plated Steel The IL is the ideal solution for hopper and bin weighing due to high capacities and large possible platform sizes. The mounting schema allows for direct bolting to a wall. The variety of capacities allows for wide application range. Tank and Hoppers IL provides the best weighing performance for smaller tanks and wall mounted hoppers. Due to its mounting schema it can be easily used for general bin weighing as well. Off-Center Compensation One load cell can be used to support a weighing platform and, due to the off-center load compensation, the IL will weigh within tolerance regardless of load application point. High Robustness IL allows for 50% static overload without compromising the weighing performance. The nickel plated steel material provides good corrosion resistance suitable for most industrial applications. 139

140 Load Cells IL Load Cell Specifications Parameter Unit of measure Specification Model No. IL Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg (lb, nominal) 150 (331) 250 (441) 500 (1102) 1000 (2204) 2000 (4408) Rated Output 2 ± Zero load Output %R.C. 1 Combined Error 1), 2) %R.C Repeatability Error %A.L. 3) 0.01 Creep, 30 minute %A.L Min. Dead Load Output Return (DR), 30 min %A.L Temperature Effect on Min. Dead load Output %R.C./ C (../ F) (0.001) Sensitivity 2) %A.L./ C (../ F) (0.0005) Compensated C ( F) 10 to +40 (+14 to +104) Temperature Range Operating C ( F) 20 to +65 ( 4 to +150) Safe Storage C ( F) 20 ~ +80 ( 4 to +176) OIML Cert. No. R60/2000-NL European Cert. No. TC 6042 Class C3 OIML / European Approval 4) nmax 3000 Y 5000 PLC 0.7 Humidity Symbol none Excitation Voltage Recommended V AC/DC 5 ~ 15 Max. V AC/DC 20 Terminal Resistance Excitation Ω 387±4 Output v 350±1 Insulation MΩ 5000 Breakdown Voltage V AC > 500 Spring Element Nickel plated alloy steel Material Enclosure none Cable entry fitting 304 Cable PVC Protection Type Potted IP Rating IP67 Load Limit Safe %R.C. 150 Ultimate %R.C. 300 Safe Dynamic Load %R.C. 70 Fatigue Life >1,000,000 Direction of Loading Compression Weight, nominal kg (lb) 4.15 (9.2) 5.4 (12) Cable Length m (ft) 5 (16.6) Diameter mm (in) 5.8 (0.23) Barometric Pressure Effect on Zero Load Output kg/kpa (lb/in.hg) none Safe Side Load %R.C. 100 Overload Protection no Grade 12.9 Mounting Screw Size/thread mm M14 M16 Engaged Length mm (in) 25 1) Torque, nominal N.m (ft-lb) 98 (72) 196 (143) Max Platter Size cm x cm (in x in) 80x80 (3.15x3.15) 100x100 (3.93x3.93) Off Center Load %A.L./cm (../in) (0.011) (0.0087) 1) Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis 2) Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44. 3) A.L. = Applied Load 4) See certificate for complete information 140

141 IL Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [inch] L3 L2 METTLER TOLEDO 4-D L1 W3 H1 H2 W1 W2 Capacity Dimensions and locations D H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 W1 W2 W3 150kg 1000kg M [ lb] [1.81] [2.83] [5.91] [3.35] [3.94] [1.50] [2.52] [0.31] 2000kg M [4409lb] [2.17] [3.15] [5.91] [3.35] [3.94] [1.65] [2.83] [0.31] IL Load Cell Order Information IL Load Cell Cable Colours Description Item No. Load cell, model no. IL-150KG-5M Load cell, model no. IL-250KG-5M Load cell, model no. IL-500KG-5m Load cell, model no. IL-1000KG-5M Load cell, model no. IL-2000KG-5M Bolded entries are stocked Colour Green Black White Red Yellow Blue Yellow (long) Function + Excitation Excitation + Signal Signal + Sense Sense Shield 141

142 Weigh Modules Right the First Time Safe, Accurate, Service Friendly SWB505 MultiMount (Analog) SWB605 PowerMount (Digital) Right the First Time SWB505 MultiMount and SWB605 PowerMount features ensure correct scale system installation, right from the start. Weigh modules do not compromise on safety all safety features are built-in. The rocker pin design provides the highest level of weighing accuracy. Service features, including SafeLock provide easy and trouble free installation. Both feature: Integrated lift-off protection Vertical safety down-stop Full 360 integrated checking Ground strap welding protection SafeLock Weigh module locked for installation SafeLock Load cell protected for installation Dual stabilizer option All load cells with IP68 and fully stainless steel Global approvals standard on each load cell OIML C3, NTEP 5K; OIML C6/C10, NTEP 10K (SWB605 PowerMount ) Zinc plated or stainless steel mounting hardware CalFree : Calibration without test weights CalFree Plus: Precise calibration on a finger tip (SWB605) 142 Tank Weighing SWB505 MultiMount / SWB605 PowerMount weigh modules offer rugged construction and many features for easy installation and accurate and reliable tank weighing. Standard lift-off bolt copes with tipping forces while vertical safety down-stop provides additional safety. Conveyors and Mixers Weigh modules are also designed for dynamicloading applications such as conveyors, mixers and blenders. SWB505 MultiMount / SWB605 PowerMount provides 360 checking for ease of installation and maximum safety. The rocker pin restores the top plate to its ideal position to maintain accurate, repeatable weight. Load Cell Both analog and POW- ERCELL load cells have a rocker pin design that automatically aligns load forces for accurate weighing. These hermetically sealed load cells are rated IP68 and can be used in all environments. The load cells are easy to inspect or replace. Stabilizers Up to two optional stabilizers can be applied to each weigh module to stabilize a scale subject to heavy vibration, high torque, or in-motion weighing. With stabilizers installed, thermal expansion is still possible, guaranteeing the best weighing performance. Predictive Diagnostics SWB605 PowerMount monitors single load cells for overload, zero drift, foundation problems, etc.; prompting action before system shuts down or measures incorrectly.

143 SWB505 MultiMount / SWB605 PowerMount Specifications Weigh Module Weigh Module unit of measure Specification Model No. SWB505 MultiMount SWB605 PowerMount Size Rated Capacity kg (lb) Load Limit, safe 9) carbon steel kg (lb) Load Limit, safe 9) without load cell stainless steel kg (lb) kg (lb) 5 (11) 7.5 (17) 10 (22) 15 (33) 20 (44) 30 (66) 50 (110) 75 (165) 300 (675) Restoring Force 5) %A.L./mm (../in) 3) 7.4 (190) Max. horizontal force Max. horizontal force (longitudinal) per stabilizer option Max. top plate travel Max. Uplift Force 8) Weight (including load cell), nominal Material Finish transverse 6) longitudinal 6) longitudinal 6) transverse longitudinal kn (lb) kn (lb) mm (in) kn (lb) kg (lb) 3 (675) 1.5 (337) ± 2.5 (0.10) 3 (675) 4 (8.8) 100 (220) 150 (330) 200 (441) 300 (662) 300 (661) 450 (992) 110 (250) 165 (375) 220 (500) 330 (750) 550 (1250) 825 (1875) 2200 (5000) 4.4 (111) 7.5 (1685) 5 (1120) ± 3 (0.12) 11.1 (2500) 6.6 (14.5) carbon steel / 304 stainless steel / 316 stainless steel Zinc Plated / Electropolished / Electropolished 1) Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis 2) Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44 3) A.L. = Applied Load 4) See certificate for complete information 5) % of Applied Load (A.L.) per mm (in) displacement of the top plate (transverse & longitudinal) 6) Maximum horizontal force that can be applied to top plate 8) Maximum vertical uplift force that can be applied to the top plate 9) Maximum vertical downward force that can be applied to the top plate 1100 (2500) 1650 (3750) 2200 (5000) 2980 (6700) 2350 (5160) 7 (15.4) 4400 (10000) 5920 (13300) 5200 (11700) 4400 (10000) 5.5 (140) 15 (3370) 7.4 (1660) ± 3.5 (0.14) 22.2 (5000) 15.4 (34) 143

144 SWB505 MultiMount Specifications Load Cell Weigh Modules Load Cell unit of measure Specification Model No. MTB 0745A Rated Capacity (R.C.) Rated Output kg (lb) 5 (11) 10 (22) 20 (44) 50 (110) 2 ± n/a 100 (220) 200 (441) 300 (661) 110 (250) ± ± (500) 550 (1250) 1100 (2500) ± ± Combined Error 1) 2) %R.C Temperature Effect on Temperature Range OIML / European Approval 4) NTEP Approval 4) ATEX Approval 4) Factory Mutual Approval 4) Min. Dead load Output %R.C./ C (../ F) (0.0006) (0.0015) 2200 (5000) (0.0010) Sensitivity 2) %A.L./ C (../ F) (0.0005) Compensated -10 ~ +40 (+14 ~ +104) Operating C ( F) -40 ~ +65 (-40 ~ +150) Safe Storage -40 ~ +80 (-40 ~ +176) Class C3 C3 nmax Vmin g (lb) 0.8 (0.0018) 1.7 (0.0037) 4.2 (0.009) 8.3 (0.018) 16.7 (0.037) 25 (0.055) 32 (0.070) 79 (0.175) 159 (0.35) Class IIIS / III M III M nmax 3000 / Vmin g (lb) 0.4 (0.0009) 0.8 (0.0018) 1.7 (0.0037) 4.2 (0.009) 8.3 (0.018) 16.7 (0.037) 25 (0.055) II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4 II 2 D Ex ibd 21 IP6X T135 C Rating II 3 G Ex na II T4 II 3 G Ex nl IIC T4 II 3 D Ex td A22 IP6X T135 C Entity Parameters Ui=25V, Ii=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=0.2nF/m, Li=1.0µH/m Number Number, C Canada Rating Entity Parameters System Drawing No, USA System Drawing No, Canada Recommended 32 (0.070) 79 (0.175) 159 (0.35) 317 (0.70) 317 (0.70) II 2 G Ex ia IIC T4 II 2 D Ex td A21 IP6X T100 C II 3 G Ex na II T4 II 3 G Ex nl IIC T4 II 3 D Ex td A22 IP6X T100 C 4400 (10000) 635 (1.40) 635 (1.40) Ui/Un=25V, Ii=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=5nF, Li=30µH IS / I,II,III / 1 / ABCDEFG /T4 IS / I,II,III / 1 / ABCDEFG /T4 NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T6 NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T6 S / II,III / 2 / FG / T6 S / II,III / 2 / FG / T6 Vmax=25V, Imax=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=0, Li=0 Vmax=25V, Imax=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=0, Li=29µH R R, Excitation 5~15 V AC/DC Voltage Max. 20 Terminal Excitation Ω Resistance Output 350 ± ± 2 Material Spring Element stainless steel Type welded Protection IP Rating IP 68 NEMA Rating NEMA 6/6P Load Limit Safe 150 %R.C. Ultimate 300 R.C., nominal Weight, nominal mm (in) kg (lb) 0.30 (0.012) 0.40 (0.016) 0.6 (1.3) 0.50 (0.020) 0.75 (0.030) 0.07 (0.003) 0.14 (0.005) 0.23 (0.009) 0.34 (0.013) 0.52 (0.020) Cable Length m (ft) 3, 5 (9.8, 16.6) 2.2, 4.5, 9.1, 18.2 (7.5, 15, 30, 60) 0.9 (2) 1.3 (2.9) 0.62 (0.024) 2 (4.4) 144

145 SWB605 PowerMount Specifications Load Cell Weigh Module unit of measure Specification Model No. POWERCELL SLB615D 10) Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg (klb) nominal 220 (500) 550 (1250) 1100 (2500) 2200 (5000) 4400 (10000) Sensitivity at R.C. R.C. 220' '000 1'100'000 2'200' '000 Sensitivity Tolerance R.C. ±400 ±200 ±400 ±200 ±400 ±200 ±400 ±200 ±400 ±200 Effective System Update Rate (4 cells) Hz 40 Compensated C ( F) -10 to +40 (+14 to +104) Temperature Operating -20 to +65 (-4 to +149) Range Safe Storage -40 to +80 (-40 to +176) OIML / European Class C3 C6 C10 C3 C6 C10 C3 C6 C10 C3 C6 C10 C3 C6 C10 Approval nmax (4) vmin kg Class III M n:5 III M n:10 n/a III M n:5 III M n:10 n/a III M n:5 III M n:10 n/a III M n:5 III M n:10 n/a III M n:5 III M n:10 n/a NTEP nmax 5'000 10'000 n/a 5'000 10'000 n/a 5'000 10'000 n/a 5'000 10'000 n/a 5'000 10'000 n/a Approval (4) vmin lb n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a ATEX Approval (4) II 3 G Ex na IIC T6 Gc ; II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T85 C Dc IP6X FM Approval, USA Class I, II, III, Division 2, Groups C, D, F, G, Temperature Class T6 Supply Voltage Non-regulated Typical V DC Overvoltage Protection Electromagnetic susceptibility Material Protection Max. Tested (IEEE4-95) A 2000 (no outdoor lightning conditions) OIML R60 V/m 10 Spring Element Enclosure Load Cell Cable (11) Home-Run Cable (11) Connectors IP Rating NEMA Rating 4) See certificate for complete information 10) Max. 14 load cells per terminal 11) Max. total cable length m depending on no. of LC and Terminal stainless steel 304 stainless steel, Electropolished Polyurethane, 11mm Connector, 21mm Branch Housing (200mm Distance to LC), Req. Conduit 12mm (0.5'') Polyurethane, 6mm Jacket, 21mm Branch Housing (200mm Distance to LC), 4 Conductors, Internal Shield with Drain Wires, Req. Conduit 12mm(0.5'') Quick-Connect, Stainless Steel IP68 (1m - 7 day submersion) NEMA 6P (submersible) SWB505 MultiMount / SWB605 PowerMount Weigh Module Arrangements 2 See ¹ L 2L ¹ provide equal distribution, but the stability of this arrangement must be assured ² Weigh modules may be orientated as desired only if stabilizers will not be used 145

146 SWB505 MultiMount / SWB605 PowerMount Weigh Module Dimensions mm [inch] Weigh Modules L2 L3 L1 W 2 W 4 W 3 W W 1 L4 L5 8x ØD 114 typical (SWB605 PowerMount) 20 typical (SWB505 Multimount) H2 H H3 H1 L6 L Size Capacity 5 kg 300 kg (11 lb 600 lb) Locations and Dimensions D H Hp 1) H1 H2 H3 L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 W W1 W2 W3 10 (0.4) 110 kg 1.1 t (250 lb 2.5 klb) 11.2 (0.44) 2.2 t (5 klb) 4.4 t (10 klb) 17.5 (0.69) 83 (3.3) (4.14) (5.38) (4.3) (5.14) 162 (6.38) 12.7 (0.50) 19.1 (0.75) 25.4 (1.00) 8 (0.3) 12.7 (0.50) 19.1 (0.75) 1) Height when using thermal isolation pad or shock/vibration pad 41.0 (1.61) 165 (6.5) 50.9 (2.00) (7.00) 51.3 (2.02) 70.3 (2.77) (9.25) 102 (4.0) (4.50) (6.00) 10 (0.4) 12.7 (0.50) 25.4 (1.00) 82 (3.2) 89.0 (3.5) (4.00) 145 (5.7) (6.00) (7.25) 10 (0.4) 12.7 (0.50) 25.4 (1.00) (7.31) 102 (4.0) (4.50) (6.00) 102 (4.0) (4.50) (6.00) 10 (0.4) 12.7 (0.50) 25.4 (1.00) 82 (3.3) 89.0 (3.5) (4.00) W4 W4 (SWB505) (SWB605) 60.0 (2.36) 66.6 (2.62) 70.6 (2.78) 92.6 (3.65) 68.6 (2.70) 70.6 (2.78) 92.6 (3.65) 146

147 Order Information SWB505 MultiMount Weigh Module including Load Cell Weigh Module Assembly SWB505 MultiMount (including analog load cell MTB) Size 1 Zinc Plated 304 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel Weigh Module Assembly SWB505 Size 1, 5kg 0.05% - 3m Weigh Module Assembly SWB505 Size 1, 10kg C3/III M n:5-3m Weigh Module Assembly SWB505 Size 1, 20kg C3/III M n:5-3m Weigh Module Assembly SWB505 Size 1, 50kg C3/III M n:5-3m Weigh Module Assembly SWB505 Size 1, 100kg C3/III M n:5-3m Weigh Module Assembly SWB505 Size 1, 200kg C3/III M n:5-3m Weigh Module Assembly SWB505 Size 1, 300kg C3/III M n:5-3m Options SWB505 MultiMount Size 1 Stabilizer Size 1*, 5kg 300kg Dead Stand Size 1, 5kg 300kg Shock/Vibration Pad Size 1, 5kg 300kg Thermal Isolation Pad 80 C Size 1, 5kg 300kg Thermal Isolation Pad 170 C Size 1, 5kg 300kg Weigh Module Assembly SWB505 MultiMount (including analog load cell 0745A) Size 2 Zinc Plated 304 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel Weigh Module Assembly SWB505 Size 2, 110kg / 250lb 0.03% -4.5m (15ft) Weigh Module Assembly SWB505 Size 2, 220kg / 500lb C3 / III M n:5-4.5m (15ft) Weigh Module Assembly SWB505 Size 2, 550kg / 1250lb C3 / III M n:5-4.5m (15ft) Weigh Module Assembly SWB505 Size 2, 1100kg / 2500lb C3 / III M n:5-4.5m (15ft) Weigh Module Assembly SWB505 Size 2, 2200kg / 5000lb C3 / III M n:5-4.5m (15ft) Options SWB505 MultiMount / SWB605 PowerMount Size 2 Stabilizer Size 2*, kg ( lb) Dead Stand Size 2, kg ( lb) Shock/Vibration Pad Size 2, kg ( lb) Thermal Isolation Pad 80 C Size 2, kg ( lb) Thermal Isolation Pad 170 C Size 2, kg ( lb) Adapter Conduit Weigh Module Assembly SWB505 MultiMount (including analog load cell 0745A) Size 3 Zinc Plated 304 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel Weigh Module Assembly SWB505 Size 3**, 4400kg / 10000lb C3/III M n:5-9.1m (30ft) Options SWB505 MultiMount / SWB605 PowerMount Size 3 Stabilizer Size 3*, 4400kg / 10000lb Dead Stand Size 3, 4400kg / 10000lb Shock/Vibration Pad Size 3, 4400kg / 10000lb Thermal Isolation Pad 80 C Size 3, 4400kg / 10000lb Thermal Isolation Pad 170 C Size 3, 4400kg / 10000lb Adapter Conduit Bolded entries are stocked * 1 or 2 per weigh module. 147

148 Order Information SWB605 PowerMount Weigh Module including Load Cell Weigh Modules Weigh Module Assembly SWB605 PowerMount (including digital load cell SLB615D) Zinc Plated 304 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel Size 2 Weigh Module Assembly SWB605 Size 2, 220kg/500lb C3/III M n: Weigh Module Assembly SWB605 Size 2, 550kg/1250lb C3/III M n: Weigh Module Assembly SWB605 Size 2, 1100kg/2500lb C3/III M n: Weigh Module Assembly SWB605 Size 2, 2200kg/5000lb C3/III M n: Weigh Module Assembly SWB605 Size 2, 220kg/500lb C6/III M n: Weigh Module Assembly SWB605 Size 2, 550kg/1250lb C6/III M n: Weigh Module Assembly SWB605 Size 2, 1100kg/2500lb C6/III M n: Weigh Module Assembly SWB605 Size 2, 2200kg/5000lb C6/III M n: Weigh Module Assembly SWB605 Size 2, 220kg/500lb C Weigh Module Assembly SWB605 Size 2, 550kg/1250lb C Weigh Module Assembly SWB605 Size 2, 1100kg/2500lb C Weigh Module Assembly SWB605 Size 2, 2200kg/5000lb C Options SWB605 PowerMount Size 2 Stabilizer Size 2*, kg ( lb) Dead Stand Size 2, kg ( lb) Shock/Vibration Pad Size 2, kg ( lb) Thermal Isolation Pad 80 C Size 2, kg ( lb) Thermal Isolation Pad 170 C Size 2, kg ( lb) Weigh Module Assembly SWB605 PowerMount (including digital load cell SLB615D) Zinc Plated 304 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel Size 3 Weigh Module Assembly SWB605 Size 3, 4400kg/10000lb C3/III M n: Weigh Module Assembly SWB605 Size 3, 4400kg/10000lb C6/III M n: Options SWB505 MultiMount / SWB605 PowerMount Size 3 Stabilizer Size 3*, 4400kg / 10000lb Dead Stand Size 3, 4400kg / 10000lb Shock/Vibration Pad Size 3, 4400kg / 10000lb Thermal Isolation Pad 80 C Size 3, 4400kg / 10000lb Thermal Isolation Pad 170 C Size 3, 4400kg / 10000lb Cable Options SWB605 PowerMount Cable Kit 3 Load Cells, 5m (2 y-cabels, 1x termination) Cable Kit 3 Load Cells, 10m (2 y-cabels, 1x termination) Cable Kit 4 Load Cells, 5m (3 y-cabels, 1x termination) Cable Kit 4 Load Cells, 10m (3 y-cabels, 1x termination) Home Run Cable 5m Home Run Cable 10m Home Run Cable 15m Home Run Cable 20m Home Run Cable 30m Home Run Cable 50m Cable termination Extension Cable 5m Extension Cable 10m Load Cell y-cable 5m Load Cell y-cable 10m Bolded entries are stocked * 1 or 2 per weigh module. 148

149 Order Information SWB505 MultiMount Weigh Module without Load Cell SafeLock allows to install weigh module hardware without load cell to avoid sensor damage Combine weigh module with special cable length and cable material Use weigh module with dummy load cell for level detection systems Weigh Module Kit SWB505 (without load cell) Size 1 Weigh Module Kit SWB505 Size 1 5kg 300kg Zinc Plated 304 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel kg -3m kg C3/III M n:5-3m kg C3/III M n:5-3m kg C3/III M n:5-3m kg C3/III M n:5-3m kg C3/III M n:5-3m kg C3/III M n:5-3m Suitable Load Cells MTB 5kg -5m kg C3/III M n:5-5m kg C3/III M n:5-5m kg C3/III M n:5-5m kg C3/III M n:5-5m kg C3/III M n:5-5m kg C3/III M n:5-5m Dummy Load Cell MTB Weigh Module Kit SWB505 (without load cell) Size 2 Weigh Module Kit SWB505 Size 2 110kg / 220lb 1100kg / 2500lb Weigh Module Kit SWB505 Size kg / 5000lb Zinc Plated 304 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel kg -2.2m kg -2.2m kg -2.2m kg -2.2m kg -2.2m Suitable Load Cells 0745A Suitable Load Cells 0745A FEP cable 110kg -4.5m kg -4.5m kg -4.5m kg -4.5m kg -4.5m kg -9.1m kg -9.1m kg -9.1m kg -9.1m kg -18.2m kg -18.2m kg -2.2m FEP kg -2.2m FEP kg -2.2m FEP kg -2.2m FEP kg -4.5m FEP kg -4.5m FEP kg -4.5m FEP kg -4.5m FEP Dummy Load Cell 0745, 110kg 1100kg kg 2200kg 2200kg 2200kg -9.1m -9.1m -2.2m FEP -4.5m FEP Dummy Load Cell 0745, 2200kg kg -9.1m FEP kg -9.1m FEP kg -9.1m FEP Weigh Module Kit SWB505 (without load cell) Size 3 Weigh Module Kit SWB505 Size kg / 10000lb Zinc Plated 304 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel Suitable Load Cells 0745A Suitable Load Cells 0745A FEP cable 4400kg -4.5m kg -9.1m kg -18.2m Dummy Load Cell 0745, 4400kg kg -4.5m FEP kg -9.1m FEP

150 Order Information SWB605 PowerMount Weigh Module without Load Cell Weigh Modules SafeLock allows to install weigh module hardware without load cell to avoid sensor damage Use weigh module with dummy load cell for level detection systems Weigh Module Kit SWB605 (without load cell) Size 2 Weigh Module Kit SWB605 Size 2 110kg / 220lb 1100kg / 2500lb Weigh Module Kit SWB605 Size kg / 5000lb Zinc Plated 304 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel kg C3/5K kg C3/5K kg C3/5K kg C3/5K PowerCell SLB615D 220kg C6/10K kg C kg C6/10K 550kg C kg C6/10K 1100kg C Dummy Load Cell 0745, 2200kg kg C6/10K 2200kg C Dummy Load Cell 0745, 2200kg Weigh Module Kit SWB605 (without load cell) Size 3 Weigh Module Kit SWB505 Size kg / 10000lb Zinc Plated 304 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel kg C3/5K PowerCell SLB615D 4400kg C6/10K Dummy Load Cell 0745, 4400kg SWB505 MulitMount Cable Colors MTB SWB505 MulitMount Cable Colors 0745A Home Run Cable PowerCell SLB615D Colour Green Black White Red Yellow Blue Yellow Function + Excitation Excitation + Signal Signal + Sense Sense Shield Colour Green Black White Red Yellow Function + Excitation Excitation + Signal Signal Shield Colour Yellow Blue White Red Black Function Shield CAN_L CAN_H + V V 150

151 Weigh Modules The Ideal Weighing Solution for Sanitary Applications 0970 Ringmount Weigh Module Customer benefits Hermetically sealed stainless steel load cells 316 stainless steel mounting hardware is standard Global approvals standard on every load cell Ringmount weigh modules let you add weighing capabilities to processes in sanitary and washdown environments. They provide accurate weighing of tanks and vessels in the food, pharmaceutical, chemical, and biotech industries. The smooth, stainless steel surfaces inhibit the growth of bacteria and simplify washdown for clean-inplace applications. Because of their extremely low profile, the weigh modules increase a scale s stability by lowering its center of gravity. Sanitary applications Ringmount weigh modules are ideal for sanitary applications. The hermetically sealed load cell and mounting hardware made of 316 stainless steel provide a smooth, stainless steel finish with no exposed threads. Load cells Model RLC torsion-ring load cells feature a compact, stainless steel design. The selfcentering, rocker-pin suspension ensures a high degree of weighing accuracy and repeatability for filling, batching, and mixing processes. Hold-down bolts Each weigh module is equipped with a pair of holddown bolts to check horizontal movement and restrain the tank from tipping. For most installations, no additional checking is needed. Shipping blocks Specially designed shipping blocks maintain proper alignment between the top and bottom mounting plates. The blocks simplify installation and protect the load cell from damage during shipping and installation. 151

152 0970 Weigh Module Specifications Weigh Modules Weigh Module Parameter Unit of Measure Specification Model No RINGMOUNT Rated Capacity kg (lb) 250 (551) 500 (1,102) 1,000 (2,205) 2,000 (4,409) 3,500 (7,716) 5,000 (11,023) 10,000 (22,046) Max. Top Plate Travel Transverse ± mm (in) 2.3 (0.09) 4.1(0.16) Longitudinal ± mm (in) 2.3 (0.09) 4.1(0.16) Restoring Force 1) %A.L./mm (.../in) 6) 17.7 (450) 4.4(113) Transverse kn (lb) 11.8 (2650) 17.7(4000) Max. Horizontal Force 2) Longitudinal kn (lb) 11.8 (2650) 17.7(4000) Max. Uplift Force 3) kn (lb) 11.8 (2650) 41.2(9300) Weight (including load cell) kg (lb) 4.2 (9.3) 10.8(23.8) Material 316 stainless steel Load Cell Parameter Unit of Measure Specification Model No. RLC Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg (lb) 250 (551) 500 (1,102) 1,000 (2,205) 2,000 (4,409) 3,500 (7,716) 5,000 (11,023) 10,000 (22,046) Rated Output R.C. 1.75±0.1 2± ±0.1 Combined Error 4), 5) %R.C. C3: 0.018; C6: ) Temperature Effect on Temperature Range Min. Dead Load Output %R.C./ C (.../ F) C3: (0.0011); C6: ( ) 8) Sensitivity 5) %A.L./ C (.../ F) C3: (0.0005); C6: (0.0002) 8) Compensated C ( F) 10 to +40 (+14 to +104) Operating C ( F) 30 to +70 ( 22 to +160) Safe Storage C ( F) 50 to +80 ( 58 to +176) OIML/European Approval 7) nmax C3: 3000; C6: ) Class C3; C6 8) Y C3: 7100; C6: 12,050 8) NTEP Approval 7) nmax NA C3: 5000; C6: ) NA Class NA C3: III M; C6: III L M 8) NA Vmin kg (lb) NA C3: R.C./16.667; C6: R.C./ NA ATEX Approval 7) Rating II 2 G EEx ib IIC T4 or T6 / II 2 D T70 C ; II 3 G EEx nl IIC T4 or T6 / II 3 D T70 C Factory Mutual Approval 7) Rating IS/I,II,III/1/ABCDEFG/T4 ; NI/I/2/ABCD/T6 ; S/II,III/2/FG Excitation Voltage Recommended V AC/DC 10 Maximum V AC/DC 30 Terminal Resistance Excitation Ω 1100± ± ±50 Output Ω 1025± ± ±50 Material Spring Element Stainless steel Type Glass-to-metal seal Protection IP Rating IP68 NEMA Rating NEMA 6/6P Load Limit Safe %R.C. 150 Ultimate %R.C. 150 R.C. mm (in) 0.1 (0.004) Weight kg (lb) 0.73 (1.6) 0.96 (2.2) 1.2 (2.6) Cable Length m (ft) 5 (16.4) 10 (32.8) 1) % of Applied Load (A.L.) per mm (in) displacement of the top plate (transverse and longitudinal). 2) Maximum horizontal force that can be applied to the top plate. 3) Maximum vertical uplift force that can be applied to the top plate. 4) Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis. 5) Typical values only. The sum of errors due to combined error and temperature effect on sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44. 6) A.L. = Applied Load. 7) See certificate for complete information. 8) Class C6 load cells are available only in the following capacities: 1000, 2000, 3500, 5000 kg. 152

153 0970 Weigh Module Dimensions 0970 Mounting Arrangements L L1 L2 Transverse D W2 Longitudinal W1 W Circular Mounting (Plan View) Top Plate Travel H2 H H1 Note: Each weigh module is supplied with shipping/installation blocks to keep the top and bottom plates rigidly aligned during shipping and installation. Rectangular or Square Mounting (Plan View) Note: Typical mounting arrangements are shown above. The weigh modules can be oriented in other directions as long as they are evenly spaced and each supports approximately the same weight. Capacity D H H1 H2 L L1 L2 W W1 W kg ,023 lb 10,000 kg 22,046 lb 13.5 mm 0.53 in mm 0.71 in mm 2.30 in mm 3.92 in mm 0.50 in mm 0.75 in mm 0.50 in mm 1.00 in mm 6.00 in mm 8.00 in mm 4.72 in mm 6.50 in mm 0.64 in mm 0.75 in mm 4.00 in mm 4.75 in mm 2.75 in mm 3.25 in mm 0.62 in mm 0.75 in Weigh Module Order Information Description Item No. WMA 0970, 250 kg (C3) (with load cell) WMA 0970, 500 kg (C3) (with load cell) WMA 0970, 1000 kg (C3) (with load cell) WMA 0970, 2000 kg (C3) (with load cell) WMA 0970, 3500 kg (C3) (with load cell) WMA 0970, 5000 kg (C3) (with load cell) WMA 0970, kg (C3) (with load cell) WMA 0970, 1000 kg (C6) (with load cell) WMA 0970, 2000 kg (C6) (with load cell) WMA 0970, 3500 kg (C6) (with load cell) WMA 0970, 5000 kg (C6) (with load cell) WMK 0970, kg (without load cell) WMA 0970, kg (without load cell) RLC Load Cell, 250 kg (C3) RLC Load Cell, 500 kg (C3) RLC Load Cell, 1000 kg (C3) RLC Load Cell, 2000 kg (C3) RLC Load Cell, 3500 kg (C3) RLC Load Cell, 5000 kg (C3) RLC Load Cell, kg (C3) RLC Load Cell, 1000 kg (C6) RLC Load Cell, 2000 kg (C6) RLC Load Cell, 3500 kg (C6) RLC Load Cell, 5000 kg (C6) Options Item No. Fabreeka Isolation Pad, kg Fabreeka Isolation Pad, kg Acetal Thermal Pad, kg Acetal Thermal Pad, kg Ultem PEI Thermal Pad, kg Ultem PEI Thermal Pad, kg Top Plate Travel Capacity Longitudinal Transverse kg ,023 lb 10,000 kg 22,046 lb ± 2.3 mm ± 0.09 in. ± 4.1 mm ± 0.16 in Cable Colours Colour Pink Gray Brown White Clear Function + Excitation Excitation + Signal Signal Shield ± 2.3 mm ± 0.09 in. ± 4.1 mm ± 0.16 in

154 Weigh Modules Right the First Time Safe, Accurate, Service Friendly Shown with PDX Load Cell Shown with optional stabilizers Right the First Time SWC515 PinMount features ensure correct scale system installation, right from the start. PinMount does not compromise on safety all safety features are provided as standard. The rocker pin design provides the highest level of weighing accuracy. Installation features including SafeLock ensure easy and trouble free installation. SWC515 PinMount features: Dual integrated lift-off protection Dual vertical safety down-stop Full 360 integrated checking Ground strap welding protection SafeLock Weigh module locked for installation SafeLock Load cell protected for installation Dual stabilizer option Capacity range: 7.5t 100t Analog or POWERCELL PDX load cell All load cells with IP68 and fully stainless steel Global approvals standard on each load cell Zinc plated or stainless steel mounting hardware CalFree : Calibration without test weights Tank Weighing SWC515 PinMount weigh modules offer rugged construction and many features for easy installation and accurate and reliable tank weighing. Included as standard are 360 stops and two lift-off bolts to cope with wind forces, while two vertical down-stops provide additional safety. 154 Conveyors & Mixers SWC515 PinMount weigh modules are also designed for dynamicloading applications such as conveyors, mixers, and blenders. SWC515 PinMount provides 360 checking for ease of installation and maximum safety. The rocker pin load cell restores the top plate to its ideal position to maintain accurate, repeatable weight. Load Cells Both analog and POWERCELL PDX load cells have a rockerpin design that automatically aligns load forces for accurate weighing. These hermetically sealed load cells are rated IP68 and can be used in all environments. The load cells are easy to inspect or replace. Stabilizers Up to two optional stabilizers can be applied to each weigh module to stabilize a scale subject to heavy vibration, high torque, or used for in-motion weighing. With stabilizers installed, thermal expansion is still possible, guaranteeing the best weighing performance. Predictive Diagnostics PDX Monitor individual load cells for overload, temperature extremes, zero drift, etc. Breach detection warns if the load cell s hermetic seal has been broken. This enables reaction before the system weighs incorrectly or shuts down completely.

155 SWC515 PinMount Weigh Module Specifications Analog WEIGH MODULE unit of measure Specification Model No. SWC515 PinMount Analog Size Rated Capacity (R.C.) t (klb, nominal) 7.5(16.5) 15 (33) 22.5 (49.6) 30 (66) 50 (110) 100 (220) Load Limit, safe 8) with load cell %R.C. in shipping mode 100 Restoring Force 5) %A.L./mm (../in) 3) 2.4 (61) 3.4 (87) 0.8 (19) 2 (51) Max. horizontal force 6) transverse 74 (16.5) 100 (22) 130 (28) kn (klb) longitudinal 74 (16.5) 100 (22) 130 (28) Max. horizontal force (longitudinal) per stabilizer option 9) kn (klb) 22 (5) 35 (7.7) 60 (13.4) Max. top plate travel transverse ± 5 (0.2) mm (in) longitudinal ± 5 (0.2) 10) Max. Uplift Force 7) kn (klb) 74 (16.5) 150 (33) 260 (57) Weight (including load cell), nominal kg (lb) 20 (44) 55 (120) 75(165) Material carbon steel / 304 stainless steel / 316 Stainless steel carbon steel / 304 stainless steel Finish Zinc Plated / Electropolished / Electropolished Zinc Plated / Electropolished LOAD CELL SLC610, 0782 unit of measure Specification Model No. SLC Rated Capacity (R.C.) t (klb, nominal) 7.5(16.5) 15 (33) 22.5 (49.6) 30 (66) 50 (110) 100 (220) Rated Output 2 ± 0.1 % Combined Error 1) 2) %R.C. C3: 0.018; C4: Temperature Effect on Temperature Range Min. Dead load Output %R.C./ C (../ F) (0.0005) (0.001) Sensitivity 2) %A.L./ C (../ F) C3: (0.0005); C4: (0.0004) (0.0005) Compensated -10 ~ +40 (-14 ~ +104) Operating C ( F) -40 ~ +80 (-40 ~ +176) -40 ~ +65 (-40 ~ +150) Safe Storage -40 ~ +80 (-40 ~ +176) OIML / European Approval 4) nmax 3000; Class C3; C4 C3 Y NTEP Approval 4) nmax Class III M III LM Vmin kg (lb) 0.6 (1.3) 1.3 (2.9) 1.9 (4.2) 2.1 (4.5) 3.5 (7.5) 7.0 (15) ATEX Approval 4) Zone 0, 1, 20, 21 Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 Factory Mutual Approval 4) Rating IS/I,II,III/1/ABCDEFG/T4 IS/I,II,III/1/ABCDEFG/T4, NI/I,II,III/2/ABCDFG/T4 Excitation Voltage Terminal Resistance Recommended 5 ~ 15 V AC/DC Max. 20 Excitation 1150 ± ± 10 Ω Output 1000 ± ± 3 Material Spring Element stainless steel Protection Load Limit Type glass-to-metal seal welded IP Rating NEMA Rating NEMA 6/6P Safe %R.C. Ultimate 300 Weight, nominal kg (lb) 1 (2.2) 3 (6.6) 3.3 (7.3) 4.5 (9.9) Cable Length m (ft) 12 (39) 13 (42.5) Diameter mm (in) 5 (0.20) 5.8 (0.23) IP68 155

156 SWC515 PinMount Weigh Module Specifications POWERCELL PDX Weigh Modules WEIGH MODULE unit of measure Specification Model No. SWC515 PinMount POWERCELL Size 2 3A Rated Capacity (R.C.) t (klb, nominal) 20 (44) 30 (66) 50 (110) 90 (198) Load Limit, safe 8) with load cell 125 %R.C. in shipping mode 100 Restoring Force 5) %A.L./mm (../in) 3) 50 (11.2) 1.6 (41) Max. horizontal force 6) transverse 100 (22) kn (klb) longitudinal 100 (22) Max. horizontal force (longitudinal) per stabilizer option kn (klb) 35 (7.7) 50 (11.2) 9) Max. top plate travel transverse ± 5 (0.2) mm (in) longitudinal ± 5 (0.2) 10) Max. Uplift Force 7) kn (klb) 150 (33) 200 (44) Weight (including load cell), nominal kg (lb) 55 (120) 110 (242) Material carbon steel / 304 stainless steel Finish Zinc Plated / Electropolished LOAD CELL PDX unit of measure Specification Model No. POWERCELL PDX, SLC820 Rated Capacity (R.C.) t (klb, nominal) 20 (44) 30 (66) 50 (110) 90 (198) Sensitivity at R.C. R.C. 200' ' ' Effective System Update Rate (4 cells) Hz 83 (with 4 cells), 50 (with 6 cells), 25 (with 14 cells), 15 (with 24 cells) Temperature Range Compensated -10 to +40 (+14 to +104) Operating C ( F) -30 to +55 (-22 to +131) Safe Storage -40 to +80 (-40 to +176) OIML / European Approval 4) nmax Class C3 C3 C4 C3 C4 C3 C4 vmin kg NTEP Approval 4) nmax 10'000 10'000 n/a 10'000 n/a 10'000 n/a Class III L M III L M n/a III L M n/a III L M n/a ATEX Approval 4) IECEx 4) UL Approval, USA / Canada 4) vmin lb n/a 4.9 n/a 7.1 n/a II 3 G Ex na IIC T6 Gc, II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T85 C Dc IP6X Ex na IIC T6 Gc, Ex tc IIIC T85 C Dc IP6X Class I, II, III, Division 2, Groups C, D, F, G, Temperature Class T6 Supply Voltage Non-regulated Typical V DC (external supply) Lightning Protection Max. Tested (IEEE4-95) A Material Protection Spring Element Enclosure Load Cell Cable Home-Run Cable Connectors IP Rating NEMA Rating 1) Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis stainless steel 304 stainless steel, Electropolished Braided Stainless Steel, Oil Resistant, 9mm, 5 Conductors, Internal/External Shielded with Drain Wires Braided Stainless Steel, Oil Resistant, 9mm, 4 Conductors, Internal/External Shielded with Drain Wires Quick-Connect, Stainless Steel, Glass-to-Metal IP68 (1m - 7 day submersion) IP69K test reports on file NEMA 6P (submersible) 2) Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44 3) A.L. = Applied Load 4) See certificate for complete information 5) % of Applied Load (A.L.) per mm (in) displacement of the top plate (transverse & longitudinal) 6) Maximum horizontal force that can be applied to the top plate 7) Maximum vertical uplift force that can be applied to the top plate 8) Maximum vertical downward force that can be applied to the top plate 9) 1 or 2 per weigh module. Max permissible longitudinal force per stabilizer 10) 0 with stabilizer 156

157 SWC515 PinMount Weigh Module Dimensions mm [inch] Size 1 H1 H1 H1 L4 L4 L4 L1 L1 L1 L2 L2 L2 L5 L5 L5 Size 2 / 3 / 3A H1 H1 H1 L4 L4 L4 L1 see L1 see L1 see 4) 4) 4) L2 L2 L2 L5 L5 L5 see H see H see 3) 3) 3) see H see H see 3) 3) 3) H2 H2 H2 L4 L4 L4 L3 L3 L3 L L H2 H2 H2 L4 L4 L4 L3 L3 L3 L L 8x 8x Ø 8x DØ D L4 L4 L4 CL of load cell CL of CL load of load cell cell Transverse Transverse Transverse 8x 8x 8x Ø 8x DØ D L4 L4 L4 L4 CL of CL load of load cell cell CL of CL load of load cell cell W L1 L2 WL1 L1 L2 L2 Longitudinal Longitudinal W L1 L1 L2 L2 WL1 L1 L2 L2 TOP TOP PLATE TRAVEL TOP TOP PLATE PLATE TRAVEL TRAVEL L6 L6 4) L6 4) L6 4) 4) L7 L7 4) L7 4) L7 4) 4) Dimensions and locations Tank Leg Plate Size Capacity D H HS 2) HP 1) H1 H2 L 4) L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 4) L7 4) W Thickness Dimensions 1 7.5, 15, 22.5t min x 200 [16.5, 33, 49.6 klb] [0.87] [5.98] [6.57] [7.57] [0.47] [0.79] [11.8] [7.87] [6.1] [10.04] [0.89] [1.97] [8.27] [1] [7.87 x 7.87] 2 20, 30, 50t min x 250 [44, 66, 110 klb] [1.02] [9.25] [10.55] [11.55] [0.91] [1.1] [14.37] [9.84] [7.87] [12.4] [0.98] [2.26] [1.38] [1.87] [10.75] [2] [9.84 x 9.84] 3 100t min x 300 [220 klb] [1.26] [10.35] [11.85] [12.85] [1.18] [1.30] [17.32] [11.81] [9.25] [14.76] [1.28] [2.76] [1.57] [2.07] [12.75] [2.4] [11.81 x 11.81] 3A 90t min x 300 [198 klb] [1.26] [12.97] [14.47] [15.47] [1.18] [1.30] [17.32] [11.81] [9.25] [14.76] [1.28] [2.76] [1.57] [2.07] [12.63] [2.4] [11.81 x 11.81] 1) Height when using thermal isolation pad or shock / vibration pad 2) Height when using spacer plate 3) Shipping / Installation height is 2 mm [0.08 inches] taller 4) Designed for square tank leg plate above top plate SWC515 PinMount Weigh Module Arrangements See 1) L 2L 1) Provides equal load distribution, but the stability of this arrangement must be assured. 157

158 Order Information SWC515 PinMount Weight Module including Load Cell Weigh Modules Weigh Module Assembly SWC515 PinMount (including analog load cell SLC610) Size 1 Zinc Plated 304 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel Weigh Module Assembly, analog, Size 1, 7.5t C3/III M n: Weigh Module Assembly, analog, Size 1, 15t C3/III M n: Weigh Module Assembly, analog, Size 1, 22.5t C3/III M n: Options, SWC515 PinMount Size 1 Stabilizer Size 1*, 7.5t 22.5t Spacer Plate Size 1, 7.5t 22.5t Dead Stand Size 1, 7.5t 22.5t Shock/Vibration Pad (includes Spacer Plate) Size 1, 7.5t 22.5t Thermal Isolation Pad 80 C (includes Spacer Plate) Size 1, 7.5t 22.5t Thermal Isolation Pad 170 C (includes Spacer Plate) Size 1, 7.5t 22.5t Weigh Module Assembly SWC515 PinMount (including analog load cell 0782) Size 2 Zinc Plated 304 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel Weigh Module Assembly, analog, Size 2, 30t C3/IIIL M n: Weigh Module Assembly, analog, Size 2, 50t C3/IIIL M n: Weigh Module Assembly SWC515 PinMount (including POWERCELL PDX ) Size 2 Weigh Module Assembly, PDX, Size 2, 20t C3/IIIL M n: Weigh Module Assembly, PDX, Size 2, 30t C3/IIIL M n: Weigh Module Assembly, PDX, Size 2, 50t C3/IIIL M n: Options, SWC515 PinMount Size 2 Stabilizer Size 2*, 20t 50t Spacer Plate Size 2, 20t 50t Dead Stand Size 2, 20t 50t Shock/Vibration Pad (includes Spacer Plate) Size 2, 20t 50t Thermal Isolation Pad 80 C (includes Spacer Plate) Size 2, 20t 50t Thermal Isolation Pad 170 C (includes Spacer Plate) Size 2, 20t 50t Weigh Module Assembly SWC515 PinMount (including analog load cell 0782) Size 3 Zinc Plated 304 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel Weigh Module Assembly, analog, Size 3, 100t C3/IIIL M n: Weigh Module Assembly SWC515 PinMount (including POWERCELL PDX ) Size 3A Weigh Module Assembly, PDX, Size 3A, 90t C3/IIIL M n: Options, SWC515 PinMount Size 3 Stabilizer Size 3*, t Spacer Plate Size 3, t Dead Stand Size 3, 100t Dead Stand Size 3A, 90t Shock/Vibration Pad (includes Spacer Plate) Size 3, t Thermal Isolation Pad 80 C (includes Spacer Plate) Size 3, t Thermal Isolation Pad 170 C (includes Spacer Plate) Size 3, t Order Information, PDX Cables Cable Kit 3x PDX load cell, 5m length & termination Cable Kit 3x PDX load cell, 10m length & termination Cable Kit 4x PDX load cell, 5m length & termination Cable Kit 4x PDX load cell, 10m length & termination Home Run Cable available from 10 m to 300 m in 10m steps Bolded entries are stocked * 1 or 2 per weigh module. 158

159 Order Information SWC515 PinMount Weigh Module without Load Cell SafeLock allows installation of weigh module hardware without load cell to avoid sensor damage Combine weigh module with other load cells (with C4, special cable lengths, etc.) Use weigh module with dummy load cell for level detection systems Weigh Module Kit SWC515 PinMount (without load cell) Size 1 Zinc Plated 304 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel Suitable Load Cell Weigh Module Kit, analog, Size 1, 7.5t 22.5t t C3/III M n: t C3/III M n: t C3/III M n: Dummy Load Cell SLC610, t C4/III M n: t C4/III M n: t C4/III M n: All SLC610 Load Cells Weigh Module Kit SWC515 PinMount (without load cell) Size 2 Weigh Module Kit, analog, Size 2, 30t 50t Weigh Module Kit, PDX, Size 2, 20t 50t t C3/IIIL M n: Suitable Load Cell 50t C3/IIIL M n: Dummy Load Cell t 50t, t C3/IIIL M n: t C3/IIIL M n: t C3/IIIL M n: t C t C Dummy Load Cell PDX Weigh Module Kit SWC515 PinMount (without load cell) Size 3 / 3A Weigh Module Kit, analog, Size 3, 100t Weigh Module Kit, PDX, Size 3A, 90t Suitable Load Cell 100t C3/IIIL M n: Dummy Load Cell t t PDX C3/IIIL M n: t PDX C Dummy Load Cell 90t PDX Bolded entries are stocked * 1 or 2 per weigh module Cable Colors SLC610 Cable Colors Colour Green Black White Red Yellow Blue Yellow (long) Function + Excitation Excitation + Signal Signal + Sense Sense Shield Colour Green Black White Red Yellow Function + Excitation Excitation + Signal Signal Shield

160 Weigh Modules Accurate, Reliable Weighing for Heavy-Capacity Tanks 200t-300t 3390 Gagemount Weigh Module Gagemount weigh modules enable you to convert a heavy-capacity tank, silo, or hopper into a scale. They can be adapted to a wide range of applications, including tanks used for filling, mixing, batching, and inventory management. Regardless of the application, these easyto-install weigh modules can deliver accurate and repeatable performance in heavy-duty weighing environments. External restraint must be provided to the weigh module. Hermetically sealed load cells Stainless steel load cells Nickel-plated carbon steel 200t 300t or electropolished stainless steel 200t mounting hardware ATEX Zone 1/2 and 21/22 approvals FM class I, II, II DIV 1 and 2 approvals Hazardous approval standard on each load cell Tank Weighing Gagemount weigh modules offer the rugged construction needed for use with heavycapacity tank scales. Available in capacities of 200t 300t, they are designed to handle extremely heavy loads. Load Cells Model 0782 analog load cells have a rocker-column design that automatically aligns load forces for accurate weighing. These hermetically sealed load cells are rated IP68 and can be used in all environments. Because there are no bolted connections, the load cells are easy to inspect or replace. 160

161 3390 Weigh Module Specifications Weigh Module Unit of Measure Specification Model No Gagemount Rated Capacity (R.C.) t (klb, nominal) 200 (441) 300 (661) Load Limit, safe 6) %R.C. 125 Restoring Force 5) %A.L./mm (../in) 3) 1.6 (40) 2.5 (63) Max. horizontal force transverse longitudinal kn (klb) 0 (0) 7) Max. top plate travel transverse longitudinal ± mm (in) 6 (0.24) 7) Max. Uplift Force kn (klb) 0 (0) 7) Weight (including load cell), nominal kg (lb) 55 (121) 125 (275) Material carbon steel / 304 stainless steel carbon steel Finish nickel plated / electropolished nickel plated Load Cell Unit of Measure Specification Model No Rated Capacity (R.C.) t (klb, nominal) 200 (441) 300 (661) Rated Output 2 ± 0.1% Combined Error 1) 2) %R.C Temperature Effect on Min. Dead load Output %R.C./ C (../ F) (0.001) Sensitivity 2) %A.L./ C (../ F) (0.001) Compensated -10 ~ +40 (+14 ~ +104) Temperature Range Operating C ( F) -40 ~ +65 (-40 ~ +150) Safe Storage -40 ~ +80 (-40 ~ +176) ATEX Approval 4) Rating II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4 T6 II 2 D Ex ibd 21 IP68 T60 C II 3 G Ex nl IIC T6 II 3 G Ex na II T6 II 3 D Ex td A22 IP 68 T60 C Entity Parameters Ui=25V, Ii=600mA, Pi= W, Ci=2.6-6nF, Li= µH IS/I,II,III/1/ABCDEFG/T4 Rating NI/I,II,III/2/ABCDFG/T4 Factory Mutual Approval 4) Number, USA Number, Canada C Excitation Voltage Recommended 5 ~ 15 V AC/DC Max. 20 Terminal Resistance Excitation 1160 ± 15 Ω Output 1000 ± 3 Material Spring Element stainless steel 4340 Type welded Protection IP Rating IP 68 NEMA Rating NEMA 6/6P Load Limit Safe 125 %R.C. Ultimate 300 R.C., nominal mm (in) 0.32 (0.013) 0.42 (0.017) Weight, nominal kg (lb) 12.5 (27.6) 21.7 (48) Cable Length m (ft) 20 (66) 30 (98) Diameter mm (in) 5.8 (0.23) 1) Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis 2) Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44. 3) A.L. = Applied Load 4) See certificate for complete information. 5) % of Applied Load (A.L.) per mm (in) displacement of the top plate (transverse & longitudinal). 6) Maximum vertical downward force that can be applied to the top plate. 7) Horizontal restraint, down stop and anti-uplift protection must be provided externally for the 200t and 300t weigh modules. 161

162 3390 Weigh Module Dimensions 200t 300t Weigh Modules H W1 1) H1 H1 M12x1.75 (300t only) W W2 L1 L2 L D(8x) 1) Each weigh module is supplied with a shipping/installation plate to keep the top and bottom plates rigidly aligned during shipping and installation. Top Plate Travel Capacity D H H1 L L1 L2 W W1 W2 Longitudinal Transverse 200t ± 6 ± 6 441K lb ± 0.24 ± t ± 6 ± 6 661K lb ± 0.24 ± Weigh Module Ordering Information Description Item No. Weigh module (including load cell), model no t carbon steel Weigh module (including load cell), model no t carbon steel Weigh module (including load cell), model no t stainless steel Load cell, model no t (441klb) 20m (66ft) cable Load cell, model no t (661klb) 30m (98ft) cable Bolded entries are stocked 3390 Cable Colors Colour Green Black White Red Yellow Blue Yellow (long) Function + Excitation Excitation + Signal Signal + Sense Sense + Shield 162

163 Weigh Modules Accurate, Repeatable Weighing for Suspended Hoppers and Vessels SWS310 Tension Weigh Module with SLS410 Load Cell Customer benefits Potted stainless steel IP67 load cells Zinc-plated carbon steel mounting hardware Tension weigh modules enable you to convert a suspended hopper or vessel into a scale. The mounting hardware is durable enough to withstand industrial environments and support the vessel safely. The clevis and rod assemblies compensate for slight misalignment to help provide accurate and repeatable weighing. Hopper & Vessel Weighing SWS310 tension weigh modules are easy to install in a variety of industrial applications. They adapt to any suspended hopper or vessel to provide accurate weighing. Load Cells Model SLS410 nickel-plated tension load cells provide exceptional weighing accuracy in a wide range of process weighing applications. Suspension Hardware Each weigh module is equipped with a pair of clevis and rod assemblies that are designed to measure only vertical loads and restrain the vessel from moving. The zincplated carbon steel hardware is strong enough to support a vessel safely. Electrical Isolation The mounting hardware includes a bonding strap, PTFE-lined bearings, and nylon washers to reduce the risk of electrical damage. The bonding strap helps to protect the load cell by shun ting electrical currents directly from the top clevis to the bottom clevis, instead of through the load cell. 163

164 SWS310 / SLS410 Weigh Module Specifications Weigh Modules Weigh Module Parameter Unit of Measure Specification Model No. 50 kg 100 Rated Capacity (R.C.) lb SWS ,000 Load Limit, Safe 1 %R.C. 150 Weight (including load cell) kg (lb) 0.73 (1.6) Material 1.95 (4.3) 5.4 (12) 11.7 (25.8) Zinc-plated carbon steel 15,000 20, (36.4) 21 (46.4) Load Cell Parameter Unit of Measure Specification Model No. kg Rated Capacity (R.C.) lb SLS Rated Output R.C ± 0.25% Zero Load Output %R.C. 1 Combined Error 2 %R.C Repeatability Error %A.L Creep, 30 Minutes %A.L Temperature Effect on Min. Dead Load Output %R.C./ C (.../ F) (0.0015) Sensitivity %A.L./ C (.../ F) (0.0008) Compensated C ( F) -10 to +40 (+14 to +104) Temperature Range Operating C ( F) -35 to +65 (-30 to +150) Safe Storage C ( F) -35 to +85 (-30 to +185) Excitation Voltage Recommended V AC/DC 10 Maximum V AC/DC 18 Terminal Resistance Excitation Ω 430 ± 60 Output Ω 350 ± 3.5 Material Spring Element Nickel-plated alloy tool steel Type Potted Protection IP Rating IP67 NEMA Rating NEMA 6 Load Limit Safe %R.C. 150 Ultimate %R.C. 300 R.C., Nominal Weight mm (in) kg (lb) 0.18 (0.007) 0.65 (1.4) 0.23 (0.009) 0.7 (1.6) 0.9 (2.0) Cable Length m (ft) 6 (19.7) 0.5 (0.020) 1.6 (3.4) 10,000 15,000 20, (0.024) 1.8 (4.0) 0.64 (0.025) 3 (6.6) 0.53 (0.021) 7.3 (16.1) 1 Maximum tensile load that can be applied. 2 Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis. 3 A.L. = Applied Load. 164

165 SWS310 Weigh Module Dimensions L Typical Support Structure L/2 Fixed end (stationary) T2 Thread (each end) Double Nuts Backing Plate H H2 Safety Rod Hopper or Vessel 9.9 mm (0.39 in.) L1 H1 L1 L2 T1 Thread (each end) Shoulder screw/lock nut assembly as shown is typical for all assemblies except 7500kg. That capacity uses a clevis/hitch pin in place of the shoulder screw. Note: Always use a secondary means of support such as safety chains or rods to prevent the hopper or vessel from falling due to component failure. Capacity H H1 H2 L Max L1 L2 T1 T lb mm 14.2 mm 63.5 mm 50.8 mm 25.4 mm 39.6 mm 3/8-16 UNC 1/4-28 UNF 6.82 in in in in in in lb mm in lb mm in ,000 lb mm in. 15,000 lb mm in. 20,000 lb mm in kg mm 6.98 in kg mm 9.34 in kg mm in kg 330 mm in kg mm in mm 1.03 in mm 1.03 in mm 1.31 in mm 2.06 in mm 2.06 in mm 0.49 in mm 1.04 in. 32 mm 1.26 in. 32 mm 1.26 in. 40 mm 1.57 in mm 2.50 in mm 4.00 in mm 4.00 in mm 5.50 in mm 7.00 in mm 2.50 in mm 2.50 in mm 4.00 in mm 4.00 in mm 5.50 in mm 2.00 in mm 3.00 in mm 3.00 in mm 4.00 in. 127 mm 5.00 in mm 2.00 in mm 2.00 in mm 3.00 in mm 3.00 in mm 4.00 in mm 1.50 in mm 1.50 in mm 2.25 in mm 3.50 in mm 3.50 in mm 1.00 in mm 1.50 in mm 2.25 in mm 2.25 in mm 3.00 in. 62 mm 2.44 in. 62 mm 2.44 in mm 3.63 in mm 5.13 in mm 5.13 in mm 1.63 in. 64 mm 2.52 in. 96 mm 3.78 in. 96 mm 3.78 in. 95 mm 3.74 in. 5/8-11 UNC 1/2-20 UNF 5/8-11 UNC 1/2-20 UNF 1-8 UNC 3/4-16 UNF UNC 1-14 UNS UNC UNF M8x1.25 M12x1.75 M27x3 M27x3 M30x3.5 M8x1.25 M12x1.75 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M24x2 165

166 SWS310 Ordering Information SLS410 Ordering Information Weigh Modules Description Item No. SWS310 Weigh Module, 50 kg (with load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, 100 kg (with load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, 250 kg (with load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, 500 kg (with load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, 1000 kg (with load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, 2500 kg (with load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, 5000 kg (with load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, 7500 kg (with load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, 50 lb (with load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, 100 lb (with load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, 200 lb (with load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, 300 lb (with load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, 500 lb (with load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, 750 lb (with load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, 1000 lb (with load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, 1500 lb (with load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, 2000 lb (with load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, 3000 lb (with load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, 5000 lb (with load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, 10,000 lb (with load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, 15,000 lb (with load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, 20,000 lb (with load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, kg (without load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, kg (without load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, kg (without load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, 7500 kg (without load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, lb (without load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, lb (without load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, lb (without load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, lb (without load cell) SWS310 Weigh Module, lb (without load cell) Description Item No. SLS410 Load Cell, 50 kg SLS410 Load Cell, 100 kg SLS410 Load Cell, 250 kg SLS410 Load Cell, 500 kg SLS410 Load Cell, 1000 kg SLS410 Load Cell, 2500 kg SLS410 Load Cell, 5000 kg SLS410 Load Cell, 7500 kg SLS410 Load Cell, 50 lb SLS410 Load Cell, 100 lb SLS410 Load Cell, 200 lb SLS410 Load Cell, 300 lb SLS410 Load Cell, 500 lb SLS410 Load Cell, 750 lb SLS410 Load Cell, 1000 lb SLS410 Load Cell, 1500 lb SLS410 Load Cell, 2000 lb SLS410 Load Cell, 3000 lb SLS410 Load Cell, 5000 lb SLS410 Load Cell, lb SLS410 Load Cell, lb SLS410 Load Cell, lb Bolded entries are stocked SLS410 Cable Colors Red Black Green White Bare + Excitation - Excitation + Signal - Signal Shield 166

167 Weigh Modules Accurate, Repeatable Weighing for Suspended Hoppers and Vessels SWS310 Tension Weigh Module with SLS510 Load Cell Customer benefits Potted stainless steel IP67 load cells Zinc-plated carbon steel mounting hardware OIML, ATEX, and FM approvals standard on all load cells Tension weigh modules enable you to convert a suspended hopper or vessel into a scale. The mounting hardware is durable enough to withstand industrial environments and support the vessel safely. The clevis and rod assemblies compensate for slight misalignment to help provide accurate and repeatable weighing. Hopper & Vessel Weighing SWS310 tension weigh modules are easy to install in a variety of industrial applications. They adapt to any suspended hopper or vessel to provide accurate weighing. Load Cells Model SLS510 stainless steel tension load cells provide exceptional weighing accuracy and corrosion resistance in a wide range of process weighing applications that require a higher degree of corrosion protection or OIML or hazardous area approval. Suspension Hardware Each weigh module is equipped with a pair of clevis and rod assemblies that are designed to measure only vertical loads and restrain the vessel from moving. The zinc-plated carbon steel hardware is strong enough to support a vessel safely. Electrical Isolation The mounting hardware includes a bonding strap, PTFE-lined bearings, and nylon washers to reduce the risk of electrical damage. This combination protects by blocking current flow through the load cell and shunting it directly from the top clevis to the bottom clevis. 167

168 SWS310 / SLS510 Weigh Module Specifications Weigh Modules Weigh Module Parameter Unit of Measure Specification Model No. SWS310 + SLS510 Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg (lb, nominal) 50 (110) 100 (220) 250 (551) 500 (1102) 1000 (2205) 2500 (5512) Load Limit, Safe 1 %R.C. 150 Direction of Loading Tension Weight (including load cell), nominal kg (lb) 0.73 (1.6) Material Finish 1.95 (4.3) Carbon Steel Zinc Plated 5.4 (12) 5000 (11,023) 7500 (16,535) 11.7 (25.8) 10,000 (22,046) 21 (46.4) Load Cell Parameter Unit of Measure Specification Model No. SLS510 Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg , Rated Output R.C ± 0.25% Zero Load Output %R.C. 1 Combined Error 2, 3 %R.C Min. Dead Load Output %R.C./ C (.../ F) (0.001) (0.0008) (0.0006) Temperature Effect on Sensitivity 3 %A.L./ C (.../ F) (0.0005) Compensated C ( F) -10 to +40 (+14 to +104) Temperature Range Operating C ( F) -35 to +65 (-30 to +150) Safe Storage C ( F) -35 to +85 (-30 to +185) OIML / European Approval 4 nmax 3000 Class C3 Y ,000 12,000 ATEX Approval 4 Rating II 1 D Ex iad 20 IP67 T73 C Rating II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Rating II 3 G Ex nl IIC T4 Rating IS / I,II,III / 1 / ABCDEFG / T4 Rating I,II,III / 2 / ABCDEFG / T4 FM Approval, USA / Rating Class 1, Zone 0, AEx, ia IIC T4 Canada 4 Rating Class 1, Zone 0, Ex, ia IIC T4 Rating Class 1, Zone 2, Group IIC T4 (USA only) Rating Ex nl IIC T4 (Canada only) Excitation Voltage Recommended V AC/DC 10 Maximum V AC/DC 18 Terminal Resistance Excitation Ω 430 ± 50 Output Ω 350 ± 3 Material Spring Element Stainless Steel Type Potted Protection IP Rating IP67 NEMA Rating NEMA 6 / 6P Load Limit Safe %R.C. 150 Ultimate %R.C. 300 Weight, nominal kg (lb) 0.65 (1.4) 0.7 (1.6) 0.9 (2.0) Cable Length m (ft) 6 (19.7) 1.6 (3.4) 1.8 (4.0) 3 (6.6) 7.3 (16.1) 1 Maximum tensile force. 2 Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis. 3 Typical values only. The sum of errors due to combined error and temperature effect on sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44. 4 See certificate for complete information. 5 A.L. = Applied Load. 168

169 SWS310 Weigh Module Dimensions L/2 L L/2 L Extremo Extremo fijo fijo (estacionario) (estacionario) Estructura de soporte típica Tuercas dobles T2 Rosca T2 Rosca (cada extremo) (cada extremo) Placa de apoyo H H H2 H2 Barra de seguridad 9,9 mm 9,9 mm (0,39 in) (0,39 in) Tolva o recipiente H1 H1 L1 L1 T1 Rosca T1 Rosca L1 (cada extremo) (cada extremo) L2 L2 Shoulder screw/lock nut assembly as shown is typical for all assemblies except 7500 kg and 10,000 kg, which use a clevis/hitch pin in place of the shoulder screw. Note: Always use a secondary means of support such as safety chains or rods to prevent the hopper or vessel from falling due to component failure. Capacity H (Nominal) H1 H2 L Max L1 L2 T1 T kg mm 12.5 mm 61 mm 50.8 mm 25.4 mm 41.5 mm M8x1.25 M8x in in in in in in kg mm 9.34 in kg mm in kg 330 mm in kg mm in. 10,000 kg 490 mm 19.3 in mm 1.04 in. 32 mm 1.26 in. 32 mm 1.26 in. 40 mm 1.57 in. 50 mm 1.97 in. 61 mm 2.40 in mm 3.90 in mm 3.90 in mm 5.50 in mm 7.00 in mm 2.00 in mm 3.00 in mm 3.00 in mm 4.00 in mm 4.44 in mm 1.50 in mm 2.25 in mm 2.25 in mm 3.00 in mm 3.50 in. 64 mm 2.52 in. 96 mm 3.78 in. 96 mm 3.78 in. 95 mm 3.74 in. 112 mm 4.41 in. M12x1.75 M27x3 M27x3 M30x3.5 M36x4 M12x1.75 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M24x2 M30x2 SLS510 Load Cell Cable Colors Color Red Black Green White Bare Function + Excitation - Excitation + Signal - Signal Shield 169

170 SWS310 Ordering Information Load Cell Ordering Information Weigh Modules Description Item No. SWS310 WMA (with load cell), 50 kg SWS310 WMA (with load cell), 100 kg SWS310 WMA (with load cell), 250 kg SWS310 WMA (with load cell), 500 kg SWS310 WMA (with load cell), 1000 kg SWS310 WMA (with load cell), 2500 kg SWS310 WMA (with load cell), 5000 kg SWS310 WMA (with load cell), 7500 kg SWS310 WMA (with load cell), 10,000 kg SWS310 WMK (without load cell), kg SWS310 WMK (without load cell), kg SWS310 WMK (without load cell), kg SWS310 WMK (without load cell), 7500 kg SWS310 WMK (without load cell), 10,000 kg Description Item No. SLS510 Load Cell, C3, 50 kg SLS510 Load Cell, C3, 100 kg SLS510 Load Cell, C3, 250 kg SLS510 Load Cell, C3, 500 kg SLS510 Load Cell, C3, 1000 kg SLS510 Load Cell, C3, 2500 kg SLS510 Load Cell, C3, 5000 kg SLS510 Load Cell, C3, 7500 kg SLS510 Load Cell, C3, 10,000 kg Bolded entries are stocked 170

171 Precision Junction Boxes The Right Link Precision Junction Boxes Precision Junction Boxes Junction boxes are often underestimated in terms of their accuracy impact. Precision junction boxes combine the best of two worlds. Discrete resistors provide high accuracy and long term stability while rotary switches combine them to a simple user interface similar to trim pots. Accurate and stable discrete resistors Rotary switches for easy user interface No soldering, no loose resistors Neutral initial setup for CalFree calibration 304 or 316 stainless steel enclosure IP65 or IP69K protection class Easy connection to screw type terminal blocks ATEX Versions Zone 1/21 & 2/22 Accuracy and Stability All components are designed for high accuracy and long term stability. Precision SMT resistors and gold plated switches guarantee trouble free operation. CalFree Precision Junction boxes can be set to be absolutely neutral. Thus initial shift error is low and all boxes are capable for CalFree test weight free calibration. Easy Shift Adjustment All components for shift adjustment are on board, no soldering or additional resistors are needed. Rotary switches can be operated like trim pots without their trade-offs in terms of stability and temperature impact. Electrical Isolation All junction boxes are made from stainless steel and provide best reliability even in harsh industrial environments. Version in IP65 and PI69k are available. 171

172 Precision Junction Boxes Specificatons Precision Junction Boxes Parameter unit of measure Specification Type Precision Junction Box Precision Junction Boxes ATEX Model No. AJB540S AJB641S AJB841S AJB541M AJB540L AJB641SX AJB841SX Size small medium large small Item No No. of load cells 2,3,4 Load cell resistance range Ω Method Encoding rotary switches with precision discrete resistors Inital Error 1) < 1/6000 Range (nominal) % ( Ω) 1.3 Shift Adjustment Number of Steps 256 Smallest Adjustment Step 1/19000 Shift Adjustment Methods Available On-load Adjustment without calculation similar to trim pot adjustment Inital Compensation of multiple junction box connection Pair/Section shift adjustment yes Legal For Trade Sealing sealing wire or sticker Temperature Range Operating -20 ~ +65 (-4 ~ +150) Safe Storage -40 ~ +80 (-40 ~ +176) Excitation Voltage Recommended V AC/DC 10 Max Insulation MΩ > 5000 Breakdown Voltage V AC > 500 Earthing/Grounding via mounting via mounting dedicated stud screws screws dedicated stud dedicated stud Number, Cat. 2 DEKRA 03ATEX1396X Ratings, Cat. 2 II 2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Gb II 2D ib IIIC T70 C T90 C Db Ui = 17.3V, Ii = 302mA, Entity Parameters, Cat. 2 Pi = 1W, Ci= Li= 0 Ui = 8.6V, Ii = 300mA, Pi = 340mW, Ci=Li=0 ATEX Approval 4) Number, Cat. 3 DEKRA 03ATEX1397X Ratings, Cat. 3 II 3 G Ex ic IIC T4 Gc II 3 G Ex na IIC T4 Gc II 3 D tc IIIC T70 C T90 C Dc Entity Parameters, Cat. 3 Ui = 17.3V, Ii = 302mA, Pi = 1W, Ci=Li= 0 Ui = 30V, Ii = 1A stainless steel 316 stainless steel 316 Enclosure stainless steel stainless steel stainless steel Material carbon steel, Cable entry fitting Polyamide (Nylon) zinc plated Polyamide (Nylon) Type rubber gasket Protection IP Rating IP65 IP69K IP65 IP69K NEMA Rating NEMA 4 Weight, nominal kg (lb) No. Conductors 4 and 6 + Shield Load Cell Cable Conductor Size mm 2 (AWG) 3 (12) Diameter mm (in) 4-8 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) No. Conductors 6 + Shield Home-Run and Conductor Size mm 2 (AWG) 3 (12) AUX Cable 6-12 Diameter mm (in) ( ) 4-8 ( ) ( ) 4-8 ( ) Possible no yes no yes Max. no. of load cells for 1st box 4 4 AUX cable max. recommended Extension wire resistance 2) Ω via AUX port AUX cable max. recommended length of 0.14mm 2 m (ft) 2.5 (8.3) 8 (26) (AWG24) 2.5 (8.3) AUX cable max. recommended length of 0.5mm 2 (AWG20) m (ft) 10 (33) 30 (100) 10 (33) Suitable 3) yes Impact of J box on Signal % < 0.1% CalFree AUX cable max. recommended calibration without Ω wire resistance for CalFree test weights AUX cable max. recommended length of 0.5mm 2 m (ft) 1.5 (5) 1.5 (5) (AWG20) 1) Impact of junction box due to resistor tolerances 2) Assuming 50 % shift adjustment range left 3) In conjunction with MT CalFree terminals 4) See certificate for complete information 172

173 Dimensional Drawings mm [inch] AJB540S AJB641S, AJB641SX, AJB841SX 6.4 [0.25] 6.4 [0.25] 134 [5.28] 40.4 [1.59] 43.5 [1.71] 194 [7.64] 130 [5.12] [0.25] 36 [1.42] 6.4 [0.25] 70 [2.76] 14.2 [0.56] 11.4 [0.45] [8.24] [9.00] [9.50] 174 [6.85] 15.0 [0.59] 40.4 [1.59] 65.8 [2.59] AJB541M [8.24] [9.00] [9.50] 44.0 [1.73] 80.8 [3.18] 305 [12.0] 127 [5.0] TYP 47 [1.9] [11.00] 104 [4.1] TYP 12.7 [0.50] 53.2 [2.10] 41.3 [1.63].88] 88] D E 41.1 [1.62] [5.15] 11.2 [0.44] TYP LC2 AUX LC1 LC4 LC3 INPUT 76.2 [3.00] 159 [6.3].63] F 7.9 [0.31] TYP 15.2 [0.60] FOR ATEX VERSION ONLY 15.2 [ [7.65] 55.2 [2.17] 173

174 AJB540L Precision Junction Boxes 5932 [2.33] 34.9 [1.38] Ø 6.4 [Ø 0.25] Places Precision Junction Boxes Order Information 255 [10.0] [9.25] 9.5 [0.38] Ø 12.7 [Ø 0.50] 12.7 [ 0.50] 2 Places Places 2 Hole plugs supplied to close any unused cable entry fittings [8.66] 1 [ [ [0.39] 0.69] [5.66] 125 [4.9] 15.9 [0.63] ATEX Version only See Note 50.8 [2.00] A B 82.6 [3.25] C 28.6 [1.12] D 34.9 [1.38] For threaded 44.5 conduit [1.75] with 1/2-14 NPT thread 28.6 [1.12] Model Description Item No. AJB540S Precision Junction Box, small, IP AJB641S Precision Junction Box, small, IP69K AJB841S Precision Junction Box, small, IP69K, 316SS AJB541M Precision Junction Box, medium, IP AJB540L Precision Junction Box, large, IP AJB641SX Precision Junction Box, small, ATEX, IP69K AJB841SX Precision Junction Box, small, ATEX, IP69K, 316SS Bolded entries are stocked 174

175 Weighing Electronics Direct Interface to PLCs and Other Control Equipment IND110 Weight Transmitter Customer benefits Compact footprint uses minimal amount of valuable enclosure space DIN rail mounting for easy, fast installation Setpoint outputs included Remote sense inputs provide load cell cable resistance compensation and allow for use with intrinsically safe barrier Digital filtering increases accuracy across entire weight range and in applications with vibration Simple and fast calibration, with zero calibration independent of span calibration value Global approvals provide product acceptance in local markets Harsh and 7/9 enclosure optionally available Connect Easy integration into processbased network architectures provides valuable plant-floor information that can be used to optimize production and help reduce down-time. Comply with global regulations and standards. Harsh and 7/9 enclosure optionally available. 7/9 enclosure is certified safe for use in most Division 1 or 2 hazardous classified areas. 175

176 IND110 Weight Transmitter Specifications Weighing Electronics Parameter Specification Model No. IND110 Display none LED Indicators Power ON with external power supplied HI ON when load cell signal > high setpoint LO ON when load cell signal < low setpoint Temperature Range Operating -10 ~ +45 C (14 ~ +113 F) ATEX Approval (1) Number (7/9 enclos. only) DEMCO ATEX U (certificate for flameproof enclosure) Rating EExd IIB H2 IP66. Haz Approval (1) Number (7/9 enclos. only) UL number QUZW.E Rating Class I, Div 1, Groups C-D Class II, Div 1, Groups E-G Class III Div 1 Remarks HazLoc approval only in conjunction with ISB15 or ISB15x barrier. Approvals UL, cul, CE marked (UL file E for module, E for 7/9 ecnlosure) Load Cell Input Excitation Voltage 10 VDC, 120 ma max. (4x 350 Ohm cells) Load Cell Range 1.5 to 3 mv/v with full bridge Span Adjustment Range 25% to 110% of cell 2 mv/v Zero Adjustment Range 0 to 100% of load cell 2 mv/v Outputs Discrete 1 low & 1 high level output, open collector type, 5 to 25 VDC, 60 ma max sink current Analogue Signal: 4 to 20 ma (1 ma to 24 ma limits) Load resistance 0 to 500 Ohm max Linearity +/ % max Temperature Stabillity <20 ppm/ C (span), 50 ppm/ C (zero) Update Rate 20/second Calibration DIP switch mode selection enables front panel calibration of load cell zero/span and setpoint low/high limits Protection IP65 (optional Type 4x enclosure) Power Supply 20 to 28 VDC, 300 ma max., 8 watts Class 2 power supply Weight 0.18 kg (0.39 lb) Mounting 35mm DIN rail (module only) or wall mount (optional enclosure) 1) See certificate for complete information IND110 Weight Transmitter Ordering Information Description Item No. IND110 Load Cell Signal Converter DIN Rail Type 4X Enclosure for IND IND110 Load Cell Signal Converter incl. 7/9 enclosure

177 Weighing Electronics Max Connectivity, Mini Footprint Easy Integration for Weighing IND131 / IND331 Weighing Terminals The IND131 and IND331 analog scale terminals deliver precision measurement data in a single, cost-effective package. Each terminal features: Ultra-fast A/D conversion rate Patented TraxDSP digital filtering Organic LED display readable in all light conditions Enclosures designed to match application environment Modular design, multiple mounting possibilities Support for a wide variety of options, including DIO, additional serial port, and PLC interfaces Choice of AC or 24 VDC power supply Portable calibration/configuration settings and firmware upgrades via an SD memory card Scale calibration through PLC interface CalFREE allows scales to be tested without test weights The IND131/IND331 delivers excellent accuracy, reliability and efficiency for process weighing applications. Designed with the performance and reliability expected of Weights and Measures and product safety compliant terminals, these superior weighing terminals include features and functionality never before offered in such a compact and versatile form factor. The inherent qualities of process weighing termi nals from METTLER TOLEDO make it easier for OEMs and System Integrators to build bestin-class weighing systems cost-effectively. Easy integration into process-based network architectures provides valuable plant-floor information to process owners to optimize production and help reduce down-time. 177

178 IND131 / IND331 Specifications IND131/DIN IND331/Panel IND131/JBox IND331/Harsh Weighing Electronics Enclosure types Dimensions* L H D Unit of Measure mm in. DIN rail-mount, plastic, with operator interface Panel mount, stainless steel + plastic chassis Front panel: Stainless steel enclosure including internal board to sum load cells Stainless steel deskor wall-mountable enclosure, with operator interface Shipping weight kg / lb 1 / / / / 6.5 Environmental protection IP20, Type 1 IP65, Type 4x and 12 IP69k IP66 Ambient environment Operation C / F -10 to 40 / 14 to 104, 10 % to 90 % relative humidity, non-condensing Storage C / F -20 to 60 / -4 to 140, 10 % to 90 % relative humidity, non-condensing Power requirements AC version VAC / Hz / ma / / DC version VDC / ma 18-36; nominal 24 / ; nominal 120 (IND131), nominal 130 (IND331) Green OLED including weight display, weight units, gross/net indication and graphic symbols for motion and Type center of zero. 10 updates/sec. Display Character height mm / in. 5.6 / / / 0.22 (internal) 12 / 0.47 Weight display Maximum displayed resolution of 100,000 divisions Scale type Analog load cells Number of cells Up to Ω load cells (AC version), up to Ω load cells (DC version), 2 or 3 mv/v Number of scales 1 Analog/Digital update rates Hz Internal analog: 366 / Target comparison: 50 / PLC Interface: 20 Digital Filtering TraxDSP Memory Stores two-speed target control values and limit values for three comparators Applications Basic process weighing for gain-in-weight (filling), loss-in-weight (dosing) and level indication Load cell excitation voltage VDC 5 μv Build Minimum/Approved microvolts 0.1 / 0.6 Keypad 4 keys (Clear, Zero, Tare, Print); 1.22 mm thick polyester overlay (PET) with polycarbonate display lens Communications Approvals Serial interfaces Protocol Weights and Measures MID Product Safety Standard: One serial port (COM1), RS-232, 300 to 115,200 baud Optional: Serial port (COM2), RS-232/485, 300 to 115,200 baud Serial inputs: ASCII commands for CTPZ (Clear, Tare, Print, Zero), SICS (most commands, levels 0 and 1) Serial outputs: Continuous, Extended continuous, or Demand (limited formats) USA: NTEP Class III/IIIL - 10,000d; CoC Canada: Class III/IIIHD - n max /20000; AM-5744 Europe: OIML, Class III, 6000e; R76/2006-NL OIML R51 (Automatic Catchweighing) T10262; OIML R61 (Automatic Gravimetric Weighing) T10261 UL, cul, CE * Dimensional drawings are included on following pages Multiple PLC Options All IND131 and IND331 terminals can be equipped with any of a wide array of PLC options, including: 4-20mA Analog output Allen-Bradley RIO DeviceNet EtherNet/IP Modbus TCP PROFIBUS DP ControlNet (24 VDC units only) Modbus RTU CC-Link Options and Accessories COM2 / DIO, includes: COM2 RS-232/485 serial, 4 discrete outputs, solid state or relay Modbus RTU capability, 2 discrete inputs (selectable active or passive) Panther Terminal adapter plate for IND331 Panel unit Wall mounting bracket (for IND331 Harsh unit) Swivel mounting bracket (for IND331 Harsh unit) GB SD Memory Card for configuration and calibration data backup and restore 178

179 Weighing Electronics IND131xx and IND331xx Process Weighing in Hazardous Areas Zone 2/22, Division 2 IND131xx / IND331xx Weighing Terminals The IND131xx and IND331xx analog scale terminals deliver precision measurement data in a single, costeffective package, safe for use in Zone 2/22 and Division 2/Zone 2 hazardous areas. Terminal features include: Organic LED display readable in all light conditions Ultra-fast A/D conversion rate and TraxDSP digital filtering Enclosures designed to match application environment modular design enables multiple mounting possibilities 24 VDC operation Support for a wide variety of options, including DIO, additional serial port, and PLC interfaces Portable calibration/configuration settings and firmware update via an SD memory card Scale calibration through PLC interface. CalFREE allows scales to be calibrated without test weights The IND131/IND331 delivers excellent diagnostics, reliability and efficiency for process weighing applications. These superior weighing terminals include features and functionality never before offered in such a compact and versatile form factor. Easy integration into process-based network architectures provides valuable plant-floor information that can be used to optimize production and help reduce down-time. With the performance and reliability expected of Weights and Measures and product safety compliant terminals, the inherent properties of these process weighing terminals from METTLER TOLEDO make it easier for OEMs and System Integrators to build best-in-class weighing systems cost-effectively. 179

180 IND131xx / IND331xx Specifications Weighing Electronics Enclosure types Dimensions L H D Unit of Measure mm in. IND131xx DIN mounted DIN rail-mount, plastic, with operator interface IND331xx Panel mounted Panel mount, stainless steel with operator interface + plastic chassis Front panel: IND131xx JBox enclosure Stainless steel enclosure including internal board to sum load cells Shipping weight kg / lb 1 / / / 12.1 Environmental protection IP20, Type 1 IP65, Type 4x and 12 IP65 Ambient environment Operation C / F -10 to 40 / 14 to 104, 10 % to 90 % relative humidity, non-condensing Storage C / F -20 to 60 / -4 to 140, 10 % to 90 % relative humidity, non-condensing Power requirements VDC / ma 18-36; nominal 24 / ; nominal 120 (IND131xx), nominal 130 (IND331xx) Green OLED including weight display, weight units, gross/net indication and graphic symbols for motion and center Type of zero. 10 updates/sec. Display Character height mm / in. 5.6 / / / 0.22 (internal) Weight display Maximum displayed resolution of 100,000 divisions Scale type Analog load cells Number of cells Up to Ω load cells, 2 or 3 mv/v Number of scales 1 Analog/Digital update rates Hz Internal analog: 366 / Target comparison: 50 / PLC Interface: 20 Digital Filtering TraxDSP Memory Stores two-speed target control values and limit values for three comparators Application Basic process weighing for gain-in-weight (filling), loss-in-weight (dosing) and level indication Load cell excitation voltage VDC 5 μv Build Minimum/Approved microvolts 0.1 / 0.6 Keypad Communications Approvals Serial interfaces Protocol Weights and Measures Hazardous locations 4 keys (Clear, Zero, Tare, Print); 1.22 mm thick polyester overlay (PET) with polycarbonate display lens Standard: One serial port (COM1), RS-232, 300 to 115,200 baud Optional: Serial port (COM2), RS-232/485, 300 to 115,200 baud Serial inputs: ASCII commands for CTPZ (Clear, Tare, Print, Zero), SICS (most commands, levels 0 and 1) Serial outputs: Continuous, Extended continuous, or Demand (limited formats) USA: NTEP Class III/IIIL - 10,000d; CoC Canada: Class III/IIIHD - n max. 10,000/20,000; AM-5744 Europe: OIML, Class III, 6000e; R76/2006-NL USA - FM Canada - FM ATEX IECEx NEPSI NI / I, II, III / 2 / ABCDEFG / T5 Ta = 40 C I / 2 / IIC / T5 Ta = 40 C NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T5 Ta = 40 C DIP / II, III / 2 / EFG / T5 Ta = 40 C Install per Control Drawing R II 3 G Ex na nl [nl] IIC T5 II 3 D Ex td A22 IP 65 T 100 C Ex na nl [nl] IIC T5 Ex td A22 IP65 T100 C Install per Installation Drawing R Pending MID Product safety, ordinary locations OIML R51 (Automatic Catchweighing) T10262 OIML R61 (Automatic Gravimetric Weighing) T10261 UL, cul, CE * Dimensional drawings are included on following pages 180

181 Weighing Electronics IND131 and IND331 Packaged Solutions Enhanced Terminals in Robust Enclosures IND131 and IND331 in enclosure with optional I/O Each version can be configured with any of the terminals multiple interface and connectivity Optional DC power supply available Enclosure Specifications Enclosures are also available in painted mild steel (shown at left), stainless steel and fiberglass. The stainless steel enclosure housing the IND131 DIN and IND331 panel packaged solutions is rated IP66 (IP65, when used with IND331 panel mount terminal). Each type includes integrated mounting backets, and if required can be configured with a power supply. Multiple Terminal Configurations Available When a single terminal is not enough, multi-terminal designs are available, with power supply, optional I/O, and additional features as required for the application. Customized Interfaces Customize the packaged IND131 and IND331 for specific uses with convenient operators for I/O, such as annunciators and pushbuttons, making operator interactions even easier, more consistent and safer. Faster basic process control The IND131/IND331 combination serial and relay Discrete I/O option allows the terminal or terminals to be configured for efficient process control. User selection of latched or concidence targets in combination with user-configured limit values for up to three comparators create a time-saving and costeffective process controller. 181

182 Weighing Electronics IND131xx and IND331xx Packaged Solutions Packaged IND131xx and IND331xx in Enclosures Approved for Division 2, Zone 2 and Zone 22 Each version can be configured with any of the terminals' multiple interface and connectivity options Packages include an agency-approved 24 VDC power supply Enclosure Specifications The stainless steel enclosure housing the IND131xx DIN and IND331xx panel packaged solutions is FM-approved for use in safe areas, and in Division 2, Zone 2 hazardous areas. The enclosure is ATEX/IECEx certified for Zone 22 (dust) hazardous areas. Cable entry points can be either conduit hubs for use in the U.S., or ATEX-approved glands for European applications. FM-certified enclosure, gas and dust ATEX and IECEx certified for Zone 2/22 environments Rated IP66, IP65 when used with panel-mount terminal T5 temperature class rating Multi-Terminal Configurations When a single terminal is not enough, multi-terminal designs are available, with agency-approved power supply, optional ISB (Intrinsically Safe Barrier) and additional features as required for the application. Figure 1 Figure 2 Packaged Model Configurations Load Cells in Hazardous Areas In applications with load cells installed in Division 1/Zone 1 or Zone 1/21 areas, an intrinsically safe analog load cell barrier (ISB) is required. IND131xx and IND331xx terminals packaged with a METTLER TOLEDO ISB05 provide an integrated solution for such applications. IND131xx-based ISB05 (optional), ATEX glands (for European installations) FM, ATEX and IECEx- certified enclosure IND331xx-based, standard (front panel display not shown) Conduit hubs (for installation in US/Canada) FM, ATEX and IECEx-certified enclosure IND131xx and IND331xx packages are highly customizable. Figure 1 shows a system comprising an IND131xx with optional ISB05 barrier. Figure 2 shows an IND331xx panel-mount terminal (its front panel interface not shown). Packaged model configurations include an FM/CSA/ATEX approved power supply (24VDC at 1.3 A, VAC, 50/60 Hz) and are available with any of the PLC interfaces (EtherNet/IP, PROFIBUS DP, Modbus TCP, Allen-Bradley RIO, ControlNet, Device-Net), and Solid State DIO. 182

183 IND131/IND131xx/IND331/IND331xx Dimensional Drawings in mm and [inches] IND331/331xx, Panel-mount 168 [6.61] R4 [0.16] Panel 156 [6.14] 130 [5.12] 6 - ø4.5 [0.17] [5.3] 74.1 [2.92] 35 [1.38] 9.9 [0.39] [4.35] 40 [1.57] 00.5 [3.96] [4.96] 3 [0.12] ø30 [1.18] 40 [1.57] 14 [0.55] Template for IND331 panel mounting cut-outs IND331, Harsh enclosure 220 [8.66] [6.96] M4 [0.16] IND131/IND131xx, DIN-mount enclosure 138 [5.43] 130 [5.12] 68 [2.68] 100 [3.96] [4.35] 68 [2.68] 60 [2.38] 68 [2.68] 46 [1.81] 31 [1.22] 11 [0.43] [5.14] 120 [4.72] 95 [3.74] [5.74] ø2.5 [R0.1] 183

184 IND131/IND131xx, J-box enclosure [9.87] [8.80] Ø 12.7 [0.5] R3.6 [0.14] Weighing Electronics 237 [9.33] 200 [7.87] [5.97] [6.52] [6.64] [9.82] [6.46] [5.70] [4.94] 237 [9.33] 200 [7.87] 184 [7.24] IND131/IND131xx / IND331/IND331xx Model Identification 184

185 Weighing Electronics Versatile Technology for safe and hazardous area applications Zone 2/22, Division 2 IND560 / IND560xx Simple weighing or fully integrated automatic process control; either way the IND560 is the right solution for your application. Choose from strain gauge or high precision electromagnetic force restoration weighing technologies. Specify direct PLC or PC communication interfaces. Utilize digital I/O control. Combine these selections in a panel mount enclosure that is certified for use in hazardous environments, and the IND560 is the perfect match for just about any weighing application, in a variety of industries. Weigh with confidence. Ultrafast A/D (>366 Hz) and TraxDSP digital filtering combine to deliver precise, repeatable, reliable measurements from milligrams to tons. Comply with global regulations and standards. An IP69K rating makes the IND560 suitable for the harshest washdown conditions. Some models now certified safe for use in Division 2 or Zone 2/22 hazardous classified environments. Control automatic material transfer applications without costly hardware and programming. An internal I/O option and built-in logic for filling and dosing provide process control without the need for a PLC. Connect to existing systems, easily. Multiple connectivity options are available. The IND560 supports Analog Output, Allen-Bradley RIO, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS and, most recently, EtherNet/IP. Take ad vantage of serial or Ethernet TCP/IP connectivity to plug into your network. 185

186 IND560 Specifications Weighing Electronics Enclosure dimensions (LxWxD) Enclosure construction Shipping weight Power Operating environment Display Keypad Supported scale types Calibration options Connectivity Interface options Agency approvals Panel mount: 265 x 160 x 91.8 mm (10.4 x 6.3 x 3.6 in.) Harsh model: 265 x 160 x mm (10.4 x 6.3 x 6.7 in.) Harsh model: Stainless steel, IP69k certified Panel mount model: Stainless steel front panel, certified type 4x/12 protection. Division 2, Zone 2/22 approvals require use of suitable enclosure 3.5 kg (7.7 lbs) Universal power supply, 87 to 264 VAC at 49 to 61 Hz, 600 ma consumption -10 C to +40 C (14 F to 104 F), 10% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing Vacuum fluorescent, 21mm weight display, graphic capabilities; 128 x 64 dot matrix. Maximum resolution 100,000 divisions Clear, Tare, Print, Zero, navigation keyset, full numeric keypad, 5 physical softkeys (15 total assignments, alphanumeric capability) Analog: 10 VDC excitation, power up to 8 350Ω load cells, 2 or 3 mv/v IDNet: Interface for current high-precision K-bases and other IDNet strain gauge weighing systems. Optional power supply for earlier K-base models. Traditional calibration with separate zero and span captures, 5 step linearization CalFree electronic calibration, requires no test weights Programmable calibration sequence (up to 20 steps) and configurable calibration expiration alerts and actions Single serial port standard (COM1: RS-232/422/485); optional 10Base-T Ethernet TCP/IP port with two additional serial ports (COM2: RS-232; COM3: RS-232/422/485) or optional 10Base-T Ethernet TCP/IP port with USB Master and single serial COM3 (RS-232/422/485) or optional 10Base-T Ethernet TCP/IP port with USB Master and one additional serial port (COM3: RS-232/422/485) PLC (select one option): Allen-Bradley RIO, PROFIBUS DP, DeviceNet, Analog Output (4-20 ma or 0-10 VDC), EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP A100 Analog Output Module: converts METTLER TOLEDO Continuous or SICS serial signal to a 4-20 ma signal Local and Remote I/O (relay-based): Maximum of 12 inputs and 18 outputs, ARM100 Digital I/O Module extends the discrete input control of the IND560. Weights and Measures USA Class II 100,000d, Class III/IIIL 10,000d, CaC A2 Canada Class II 100,000d, Class III 10,000d, Class III HD 20,000d, AM-5593 Europe Class II determined by platform, Class III 10,000e, Class IIII 1000e, Alibi Memory, T6812 rev. 8 MID Catchweighing- T10230, Gravimetric filling T10231 Australia Class III 7500e or 3 x 3000e multiple range, NMI S483 IND560 Software Features and Functions Advanced Fill-560 software available for management of multi-material formulas and repeated, accurate dosing Connection for one analog scale base (up to eight 350Ω load cells) or an IDNet base Functions as a remote display for another terminal Selectable over/under classifying mode of operation with a supporting SmartTrac graphic display Selectable material transfer mode for simple single material filling or dosing. Supported with a unique SmartTrac graphic display Comparators simple comparison targets. Use weight or rate as source ID mode for prompted transaction sequencing Memory tables store 25 tare and 25 target records Unit switching, including custom units Alibi memory with storage for up to 60,000 records Grand total and subtotal registers for accumulating weight Five customizable print templates and report printing TraxDSP digital filtering for suppression of environmental effects on weighing accuracy TraxEMT performance monitoring and recording, includes web-based tools Calibration options include CalFREE calibration without test weights 186

187 IND560 Panel Mount Dimensional Drawings, in [mm] IND560 Harsh Enclosure Dimensional Drawings, In [mm] 187

188 IND560 Model Identification Weighing Electronics Full Connectivity METTLER TOLEDO supplies various data communication interfaces that enable our sensors and instruments to communicate with your PLC, MES, or ERP systems. IND560 Accessories Wall mount bracket Swivel mounting bracket

189 Weighing Electronics IND560Dyn Conveyor Scale Controller for Reliable In-Motion Weighing IND560Dyn Conveyor Scale Controller The IND560Dyn controller provides a robust, reliable and flexible interface to conveyor scales for in-motion weighing. Items can be weighed while crossing an analog load cell-based conveyor at speeds up to 100m/minute. A variety of I/O controls and indicators ensure easy and accurate operation. Data from bar code scanners, RFID readers, or dimensioning equipment can be integrated with the IND560dyn to provide a complete transaction record. Optional Ethernet and PLC connectivity options provide flexibility when interfacing to other control or data analysis equipment. Multiple I/O options for easy, flexible operation include visible and audible status indicators which en - hance and improve operator control. High speed dynamic weighing controller provides approved weighing accuracy at conveyor speeds of up to 77 m/min (240 ft/ min), allowing for use in high-volume transport and logistics application. Data integration allows for automatic transmission of package-specific information such as bar code, RFID tag data, and dimensional data. Data output to peripheral devices via serial, Ethernet and PLC interface is available. Superior in-motion performance provided by the METTLER TOLEDO 9477 scale conveyor. Its robust frame and conveyor construction withstand the im pact of heavy packages making it an ideal choice for weighing large boxes, cartons, cases, bags and sacks within tough, industrial environments. 189

190 IND560dyn Conveyor Scale Controller Features and benefits Technical data 9477 Scale Conveyor In-motion weighing of large packages Weighing Electronics High-speed A/D plus TraxDSP filtering achieves accurate weighments in the shortest possible time, even under adverse conditions with high vibration Flexible interface to peripheral data sources allows user to integrate bar code and dimensional data with package weight into the transaction record. Input data string can be parsed automatically, allowing user customization Multiple connectivity options allow communication of transaction data to a wide variety of devices Objects of analysis such as daily weighments, number of in-tolerance items weighed by product ID, error logging and tracking, can be recalled or exported to a PC-based application IND9D56 packaged system includes IND560dyn with power supply and I/O for photo-eye interface Optional LED status lights and rugged pushbuttons can be configured to provide operators with additional visual system status cues, minimizing confusion and increasing productivity 25-target ID memory with tolerance check allows user to program and monitor 3-zone toleranced ranges specific to each target ID. A discrete output can be configured for outof-tolerance weighments, to trigger reject timers Bright, multi-line VFD display ensures easily readable scale data and status information, error messages, last package average weight, and setup menu Error logging is configurable, to provide flexible handling of scale alarms and errors Weights and Measures approvals permit use in legal-for-trade applications Construction Line speed and rate* Conveyor belt materials Powder-coated mild steel or stainless steel for washdown fpm Seamless Habasit black for mild steel, USDA white for washdown Fixed speeds 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 120, 140, 150, 160, 180, 200, 220, 240 fpm Variable speeds 30 to 100, 80 to 160, 120 to 200, 150 to 240 fpm; up to 600 fpm (Mach II option) Photoeyes Send/receive type, IP67 Operating environment 1 14 F to 104 F (-10 C to 40 C), 10% to 95% humidity, non-condensing Power requirements 2 230/3φ, 460/3φ 230/3φ, 460/3φ, 575/3φ Motor and drive HP IP65 motor with in-line reducer. Taper-lock timing belt drive 1/2 HPIP553 motor with right angle reducer. Taper-lock timing belt drive Load cells Hazardous environment Four 5000 division, 50 kg load cells Not available Four 5000 division, 250 lb load cells Class I or II, Division I or II, Groups C, D, E, F and G Rate capability Up to 100 ppm Up to 80 ppm Up to 60 ppm Up to 50 ppm Conveyor belt widths Conveyor belt lengths 4 21, 24, 30 24, 30, 36 36, 48, 60 48, 60, 72 Line height , ± , ± , ± , ±2 Nominal weighing 40 kg 40 kg 100 kg 100 kg capacities Accuracy** From ±10 g From ±15 g From ±30 g From ±45 g Pulley diameter Standard Features Powder-coated mild steel construction Seamless Habasit black conveyor belt IP54 ingress protection Unique design makes belt replacement simple and easy Data integration allows for automatic integration of package-specific information such as bar code, RFID tag data, and dimensional data. Data communication to peripheral devices via serial, Ethernet and PLC interface is available. * Depends on the design and dimensions of the weighing belt used ** Depends on the weight, dimensions and transport of the product to be weighed 1 Describes environment for a mild steel construction. Stainless steel construction is rated IP65, and suitable for clean-up with low pressure and mild detergent 2 575V option is special order 3 Motor for stainless steel construction is IP56 4 Conveyor length sizes are also available as non-weighing infeed and outfeed conveyors 5 Heights given are the standard range. For special lower or higher machines, consult factory IND560dyn Specifications IND560dyn Enclosure dimensions: H x W x D: x x mm (16 x 16 x 6 in.) Shipping weight 14 kg (30 lb) Enclosure construction/ environmental protection CRS ANSI 61Gray, optional 304 stainless steel, certified IP54 Mounts to wall or a machine using optional brackets Display Vacuum Fluorescent 128 x 64 dot graphical; 21mm high weight display Power Universal power supply, 87 to 264 VAC at 49 to 61Hz, 750 ma consumption maximum (IND560 terminal only) Keypad Clear, Tare, Print, Zero, navigation keyset, full numeric keypad, 5 physical softkeys (15 total assignments, alphanumeric capability) Scale types Supports single scale interface: Analog scale, 10 VDC excitation, up to 8 x 350W load cells (87W minimum resistance), 2 or 3 mv/v, 100,000d maximum resolution Interface provided via connection within IND560dyn terminal to two external photo-eyes Package throughput Up to 130 ppm Connectivity Standard: COM1 - RS-232/422/485. Optional: 10Base-T Ethernet TCP/IP port; COM2: RS-232; COM3: RS-232/422/485 or Ethernet/USB/COM3 (RS-232/422/485) I/O Four standard discrete inputs: entrance photo-eye, exit photo-eye, run permissive, silence alarm Six standard discrete outputs: scale running, scale empty, fatal error, non-fatal error, weighment complete, reject output. Optional inputs: clear alarm, send weight data Serial interface Outputs: METTLER-TOLEDO Continuous or Demand; continuous template using 1 of 5 configurable templates PLC optional interface Allen-Bradley, Remote I/O, DeviceNet, Profibus, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP-IP Operating environment -10 C to 40 C (14 F to 104 F), 10% to 95% relative humidity, non condensing Approvals culus, CE, 3000d, NTEP COC #

191 Weighing Electronics Uncompromised Weighing in Hazardous Areas IND560x Industrial Terminal The intrinsically safe IND560x weighing terminal brings uncompromising power and versatility into Division 1, Zone 1 and Zone 21 classified areas. Choose from analog or digital weighing technologies and communicate via serial, Ethernet and a variety of PLC interfaces. Easily program the feature-rich IND560x or create custom software applications. Whatever the need, the IND560x is the perfect solution for hazardous area weighing. Zone 1/21, Division 1 Increase speed The IND560x features an ultra-fast A/D conversion rate. With TraxDSP tunable digital filtering to suppress environmental effects on weighing accuracy, enjoy precise, repeatable measurements from milligrams to tons. Control process Internal discrete I/O options establish direct control of automatic and semi-automatic processes fully within hazardous areas. Connect easily Fast PLC integration and network access into the hazardous area available via the ACM500 communication module. Weigh intuitively SmartTrac graphical display, operator prompting and onetouch access to terminal features through softkeys work to improve productivity and minimize errors. 191

192 IND560x Features and Functions Weighing Electronics Intrinsically safe design means no barriers or enclosures required when placing terminal in hazardous areas classified Zone 1, Zone 21 or Division 1 Mobile weighing available when harsh/analog model is used with the IND560x-PAB (power adapter board) and external NiMH battery pack TraxEMT (Embedded Maintenance Technician) automatically logs critical system information to aid with stringent process validation requirements and compliance to regulatory controls. Built in diagnostic tests improve serviceability ACM500 safe area communication module supports a variety of PLC interfaces along with Ethernet and serial ports, allowing for easy integration of the IND560x into facility networks and broader control systems Reduce installation costs by utilizing the ACM200 communication module when only serial communication to the safe area is required Communication hardware options include both current loop and fiber optics. Interface with legacy METTLER TOLEDO data converters is ensured, providing a clean migration path from legacy equipment 15 programmable softkeys help eliminate operation errors and increase productivity Easily accessed memory tables store target and tare records, eliminating the need for external data storage and improving process efficiency Programmable on-screen prompts guide operators consistently through complex operations, supporting facility SOPs and improving overall process quality Operation and function similar to IND560, reducing need for training when operating both safe and hazardous area applications Over/Under mode of operation is enhanced with graphical display and programmable I/O to clearly indicate transaction status Material Transfer mode supports latched target control I/O, making the IND560x an excellent hazardous area filling or dosing controller Optional application software modules add enhanced features when required: Fill-560: Advanced filling and dosing COM-560: Support for legacy communication protocols Drive-560: Simple (In/Out) vehicle weighing TaskExpert : To create custom applications IND560x Specifications Enclosure dimensions (H x W x D) Enclosure construction/environmental protection Operating environment Display Power Keypad Scale types Calibration Update Rates Serial connectivity Peripheral communication devices Supported communication* I/O Panel mount: 160 x 265 x 92 mm (6.3 x 10.4 x 3.6 in.) Harsh environment/desk/wall: 184 x 289 x 160 mm (7.2 x 11.4 x 6.3 in.) Panel mount: Stainless steel front panel, aluminum chassis. Certified IP65. Low profile front panel reduces contamination Harsh environment: Full stainless steel housing. Certified IP69k, IP68, IP65-10 C to 40 C (14 F to 104 F), 10% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing 128 x 64 dot matrix Liquid Crystal Display with backlight standard. 21mm high weight display Works with PSUx or APS768x intrinsically safe power supply. 120 VAC and 240 VAC models available. Harsh/analog model compatible with external NiMH battery pack when optional IND560x-PAB (power adapter board) is installed. Power on/off. Clear, Tare, Print, Zero. Numeric keys. Navigation keyset. 5 softkeys Supports single scale interface: Analog scale, 5 VDC excitation, up to 4 x 350W load cells (87W minimum resistance), 2 or 3 mv/v, 100,000d maximum resolution IDNet scale, current high-precision TBrick-Ex bases Separate single-step Zero and Span, available 5-point linearity adjustment, step calibration or CalFREE (no test weights needed). Program and save a 25-step calibration test sequence for guaranteed repeatability. Configurable calibration expiration and alerts available A/D conversion 366 Hz. Target up to 50 Hz. PLC up to 20 Hz. Discrete I/O up to 25 Hz Standard: One standard intrinsically safe RS-232 port (COM1). Optional: COM4/COM5: Bi-directional, dual-channel fiber optic or intrinsically safe current loop interface for communication to safe area Fiber optic or current loop connection to ACM500 in safe area; Current loop connection to ACM200 in safe area; Fiber optic connection to legacy METTLER TOLEDO fiber optic converter. Can operate as a remote display for other terminals located in the Ex or safe area Serial (RS-232/422/485), Ethernet 10 Base-T, PLC (A-B RIO, Analog Output, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP, EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP) Inputs: ASCIII, CPTZ, SICS Level 0/1, Remote display Outputs: METTLER TOLEDO Continuous, Demand, Continuous template, 5 configurable templates * Some communication options only available with ACM500 Internal solid state discrete I/O options offer a total of 4 inputs and 6 outputs. Choose from one of three options: Active Inputs/Active Outputs, Active Inputs/ Passive Outputs, Passive Inputs/Passive Outputs Active Inputs are powered internally by the IND560x and are designed for use with simple hazardous area switches Active Outputs are powered internally by the IND560x and provide 12 VDC switching at 50 ma total. These are intended for use with low-power, intrinsically safe solenoids Passive Inputs and Passive Outputs require power to be provided externally through an appropriate barrier. Entity parameters must be confirmed Total I/O control expandable to 12 inputs and 18 outputs using ARM100 modules and RS-485 from the ACM500 Ex approvals US: IS, Class I, II, III; Div 1; Groups A-G T4 Ta = -10 C to +40 C; Type 4 I/1/AEx ib IIC T4 Control drawing Agency approvals Weights and Measures: Canada: IS, Class I, II, III; Div 1; Groups A-G T4 Ta = -10 C to +40 C; Control drawing ATEX: Certificate BVS 09 ATEX E 010 and first supplement II 2 G Ex ib [op is Ga] IIC T4 Gb II 2 D Ex ib [op is Da] IIC T60 C Db USA: Class II, 100,000d; Class III/IIIL, 10,000d; CoC #05-057A3 Canada: Class II, 100,000d; Class III, 10,000d; Class IIIHD, 20,000d; AM-5593 Rev 2 Europe: Class II, resolution determined by platform approval; Class III, 10,000e; TC6812 Rev 8 MID: Catchweighing - T10230; Gravimetric Filling-T IECEx Certificate IECEx BVS X Ex ib [op is Ga] IIC T4 Gb Ex ib [op is Da] IIIC T60 C Db IP65 192

193 Weighing Electronics Maximize the Potential of the IND560x with the ACM500 ACM500 Communication Module The ACM500 accessory communication module exists to expand the capabilities and connectivity of the IND560x industrial terminal. The ACM500 is designed for installation only within the safe area. The module provides a safe communication link between the IND560x terminal in the hazardous area and safe area peripheral devices such as PLCs, PCs, printers or another METTLER TOLEDO terminal. It can be equipped with one of a variety of PLC interfaces, and also provides expanded serial communication and Ethernet connectivity. Globally recognized approvals certify the ACM500 as a safe area accessory for the IND560x, making it available for use worldwide. Safe connection over fiber optic or intrinsically safe current loop to the IND560x in the hazardous area, allows for fast, bi-directional communication without the need for additional signal barriers. Flexible connectivity including Ethernet and additional serial interfaces. Numerous PLC interfaces are available, allowing integration of hazardous area applications into larger facility management systems. Industrial housing is constructed of stainless steel and certified IP66. The housing will withstand harsh environments, and includes integrated mounting brackets to simplify installation. 193

194 ACM500 Features and Functions Weighing Electronics Choose to communicate via an intrinsically safe current loop connection or fiber optics. Both interfaces offer two dual-channel communication ports Scalable to application need Ethernet TCP/IP option includes two additional serial ports. Multiple PLC connectivity options available Ethernet and serial connections support these standard protocols: Serial Ethernet Demand Printing x x METTLER TOLEDO continuous x x Continuous Template x x Report Printing x x Remote I/O x Remote Display x ASCII Input x CPTZ Printing x SICS x Totals Report Printing x x EPrint Outputs x PLC interfaces offer direct communication to a variety of control systems, providing a high level of real-time information and control options Common accessories Ethernet/Serial and PLC interface available for use with ACM500 are the same interfaces used with the IND560 Interfaces installed in the ACM500 are configured from within the user-friendly setup menu of the IND560x Potential ACM500 configurations: Interface slot Expansion slot 1 Expansion slot 2 [choose 1] [choose 1] Intrinsically safe current loop x Fiber optic x Ethernet TCP/IP, COM2/COM3 Serial x A-B RIO x PROFIBUS DP x DeviceNet x Analog output x EtherNet/IP x Modbus TCP x ACM500 Specifications H W Enclosure Dimensions (H x W x D) Overall footprint (Y x Z) Shipping weight Enclosure construction/ environmental protection Operating environment Power Connection to terminal Discrete I/O options Ex approvals 210 x 265 x 106 mm (8.3 x 10.4 x 4.2 in.) Includes integrated mounting brackets: 320 x 217 mm (12.6 x 8.5 in.) 5.5 kg (11.2 lb) approximate gross Stainless steel enclosure, certified IP66 10 to 40 C (14 to 104 F) at 10% to 95% relative humidity, noncondensing Operates at VAC, 50/60 Hz, 250 ma Integrated universal power supply; includes cord for country of use Maximum distance from the IND560x terminal: 300m (1000 ft) Maximum 115k baud communication rate between ACM500 and IND560x Communicate with up to three ARM100 remote I/O modules through optional COM3 serial port Will communicate with 2 ARM100s if the IND560x is utilizing an internal, hazardous area I/O option The IND560x in conjunction with the ACM500 can manage a maximum of 12 inputs and 18 outputs US & Canada: AIS / I, II, III / 1 / ABCDEFG; Entity; IP66 Control drawing AIS = Associated apparatus with intrinsically safe connection Europe: BVS_08_ATEX_E_100 With current loop (CL) interface: II (2) G [Ex ib] IIC II (2) D [Ex ibd] With fiber optic (FO) interface: II (2) GD [Ex op is] IIC Y Z D 194

195 Weighing Electronics Power and Performance for Advanced Weighing Operations IND690 / IND690xx Application Terminal Tough enough for harsh environments, sensitive enough to weigh and measure. Reliable results for production 24 hours a day, 7 days a week Protection class IP69k a match for the toughest working conditions BIG WEIGHT display bright, with graphics capability, even in poorly lit areas Top performance right from the start with software pacs to go even higher Easily integrated, easily added to, all ready for your application To see and be seen with the patented BIG WEIGHT display! Bright, fast and unmistakably clear, this active dot matrix display shows the result of the weighing operation. Readable from a distance, the amply sized BIG WEIGHT display is a special feature for professional users. Protected behind scratch-proof safety glass, so the display will not dim with the years. Firm and flexible IND690 with wall mounting, thanks to the adapter that allows it to be tilted and turned. Easy integration The IND690 panel mount model is also uncompromising, featuring fast, universal installation, and maximum accessibility. Tough enough The keypad s easy-clean membrane has a smooth surface and yet each entry is clearly felt. It meets every requirement of ergonomic design, hygiene and durability. Intelligent connections The IND690 basic version is ready to go with RS232 data interface. Up to eight more interfaces can be added easily and inexpensively for still greater modularity and flexibility. 195

196 IND690 / IND690xx Specifications Weighing Electronics Parameter Unit of measure Specification Model No. IND690 / IND690xx Enclosure Dimensions desk/wall mm 170x354x219 (L x W x D) and type panel mount mm 205x355x100.5 Display Active, high-luminance VFD dot matrix display, graphics capability, green Keypad 33 keys. Three-point membrane keypad with sensed key action, acoustic acknowledgement Data Interface Stand.: RS232. Optional: CL, RS232/422/485, Ethernet, WLAN, USB, Bluetooth, Profibus-DP, Digital 4I/O, Analog-Out, PS2 Temperature Range C Base-690 Basic functions, totalizing Count-690 Counting, totalizing Form-690 Formulating, totalizing Application Software Com-690 Computer dialog mode Packages Sum-690 Totalizing on 3 levels Fill-690 Dispensing Batch-690 Multi-component dispensing Control-690 Verifying, classifying FormXP-690 Convenient formulating with PC connection Connectable platforms 4 (+ from it calculated sum-scale) Types of connectable weighing platforms IDNet-Scales, SICS-Scales (also via Bluetooth), Analog-Scales (also from other suppliers) Impedance Ohm min. 87,5 Technical Data of the Excitation voltage V 8.75 A/D converter for Sensitivity mv/v 0 to 3 NTEP 10,000d Max. Resolution OIML 7000e non-approved 450,000d Min. verification interval 0.58μV / e Housing Material Stainless steel Protection IP69k Power Supply V, +10/-15%, 50/60 H Weight panel mount kg Gross approx. 5 desk/wall kg Gross approx. 7 Documentation Full installation and operating instructions on CD-Rom 196

197 IND690 / IND690xx Dimensional Drawings (mm) IND690 panel mount model , ,5 42, IND690 desk/wall model

198 IND690 / IND690xx Order Information Weighing Electronics Description Item No. IND690 desk/wall model IND690 panel mount model IND690xx desk/wall model IND690xx panel mount model IND690-24V desk/wall model IND690-24V panel mount model Application Pacs Count-690 Counting, totaling Form-690 Formulating, totaling Com-690 Computer dialog mode Sum-690 Totaling on 3 levels Fill-690 Dispensing Batch-690 Multi-component dispensing Control-690 Verifying, classifying FormXP-690 Convenient formulating Scale Connections IDNet AnalogScale SICS Scale Serial Interface CL20mA RS RS485/ Bluetooth USB PS Network Interfaces Ethernet WLAN ProfibusDP Digital I/O Interfaces 4I/O relay box relay box Analog Output Analog Output Certifiable Memory AlibiMemory Mechanical accessories Wall bracket Floor stand Stand base Cover for desk model Stand adapter Mounting plate GA

199 Weighing Electronics Power and Performance for Advanced Weighing Operations IND780 Process Terminal The IND780 is a terminal whose flexibility of configuration and fast multi-task processing makes it the perfect match for a wide range of specific applications. It features connectivity for multiple sensor technologies, networking, PLCs, and much more, and provides a platform for solutions that can be customized using the terminal s basic functionality, optional applications, or the TaskExpert programming tool. Graphics display with SmartTrac Optimize the amount of visible process information with the QVGA graphical Active TFT color LCD display. This helps to reduce operational errors and improves productivity. Multitude of scale and communication interfaces Various connectivity options for different scale interface technologies, PLC interfaces, Serial interfaces and Ethernet communications increases flexibility in meeting a combination of measurement and data integration requirements. Stainless Steel Enclosure Wall/Desk Mount enclosure style with IP69k rating ideal for pressurized cleaning and heavy washdown in food and pharmaceutical manufacturing environments. Predictive Maintenance Embedded predictive maintenance and diagnostics tools such as scale and load cell condition monitoring, calibration management, web server, error logs and alerts. 199

200 IND780 Specifications Weighing Electronics Enclosure Dimensions (L x W x D) and type Keypad Display Shipping weight Power Scale types Update rates Standard Connectivity Panel mount: 220 x 320 x 105 mm (8.7 x 12.6 x 4.1 in.), stainless steel front panel, certified Type 4x/12 Harsh environment/desk/wall/column mount: 200 x 299 x 235 mm (7.8 x 11.8 x 9.3 in), stainless steel, IP69k certified 30-key tactile keyboard with numeric keypad, navigation keys, function keys, softkeys and application keys Backlit LCD graphic display; 320 x 240 pixels; QVGA, 145 mm (5.7 in.) diagonal; active TFT color 5 kg (11 lb) Universal power supply; 100 to 240 VAC at 49 to 61 Hz, 400 ma consumption Analog scale: 10 VDC excitation, powers up to (8) 350Ω load cells, 2 or 3 mv/v, per channel POWERCELL PDX, POWERCELL MTX, RAAD Box MTX IDNet Scale: Pik-Brick and T-Brick bases for high precision weighing SICS Scale (4 series, Excellence balances, X-Base, WM/WMH) Flow meter/pulse counter interface: counting input pulses at up to 50 khz on each of two isolated input channels A/D of 366 Hz, Target (setpoint) of 50 Hz, PLC interface up to 20 Hz, Serial up to 20 Hz (1) RS-232, (1) RS-232/422/485; Ethernet 10/100 Base-T; USB Master (external keyboard or memory stick) Communication Protocols Inputs: ASCII commands for Clear, Tare, Print, Zero; barcode; keyboard; SICS level 0 and partial level 1 Outputs: METTLER TOLEDO continuous or Demand with up to 10 configurable templates; Continuous template, report printing; interfaces external ARM100 Input/Output module Operating environment -10 C to 40 C (14 F to 104 F), 10% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing Weights and Measures approvals USA: Class II 100,000d; Class III/IIIL 10,000d; CoC Canada: Class II 100,000d; Class III/IIIHD 10,000d/20,000d; CoC #AM-5592 Europe: Class II depends on platform base; Class III, IIII 10,000e; TC6944 Safety approvals cul, UL, CE Hazardous approvals Analog/IDNet/Flow Meter: CL I GP A-D DIV 2; CL II GP F,G DIV 2; CL III; CL I ZONE 2 GP IIC locations when installed per METTLER TOLEDO drawing PDX: CL I GP C,D DIV 2; CL II GP F,G DIV 2; CL III; CL I ZONE 2 GP IIB locations when installed per METTLER TOLEDO drawing MTX: Not approved for use in hazardous areas. II 3 G Ex na nl [nl] IIB T4 II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T85 C Dc IP69K (harsh)/ IP65K (panel) Communication interface options PLC (one option only): Analog Output (2-channel, 4-20 ma), Allen Bradley RIO, ControlNet, Profibus DP, ProfiNet, EtherNet/IP, DeviceNet, Ethernet / IP, Modbus TCP, CC-Link via External Bridge A100 Analog Output Module: converts METTLER TOLEDO Continuous or SICS serial signal to a 4/20 ma signal ARM100 Digital Input/Output Module: Extends the discrete input and output control of the IND780 to remote locations Pulse counter/flow meter interface option Digital I/O options Discrete I/O: Maximum of 40 inputs, 56 outputs Local (Relay or Solid State): One or two modules, each with 4 inputs, external sink 5-30 VDC; 4 30 VAC/ VDC, 1 A max. Remote: Up to (8) ARM100 I/O modules, 4 in/6 60 VDC/250 VAC, 1 A max. IND780 Software Features and Functions Connection for up to four scale channels plus metrologically correct sum Single or multiple range or interval weighing Rate calculation for each scale channel, with selectable weight and time units Selectable over/under classifying mode of operation with graphics Selectable material transfer mode Comparators simple targets for comparison of weight or rate with target values or ranges ID mode for prompted transaction sequencing SmartTrac graphical display Memory tables for storage of tare and target values Unit switching, including custom units Alibi memory with storage for up to 256,000 records Grand total and subtotal registers for accumulating weight Ten customizable print templates and report printing TraxDSP digital filtering for analog load cells TraxEMT performance monitoring and recording, including web-based tools Traditional calibration with 5-point linearization CalFREE calibration without test weights Step calibration procedure Ethernet network clustering, with up to 20 linked terminals for remote console, data and interface sharing Support for TaskExpert application development software and InSite configuration tool Support for the following Application Software Modules: Axle-780 for vehicle weighing on a single-platform axle scale Batch-780 for manual formulation and fully automatic batching applications Drive-780 for inbound/outbound vehicle weighing COM-780 for legacy communications protocols Q.iMPACT 780 advanced material transfer control for batching, blending and filling 200

201 IND780 Panel Mount Dimensional Drawings, In [mm] IND780 Harsh Enclosure Dimensional Drawings, In [mm] 201

202 Weighing Electronics IND780 Model Identification Full Connectivity METTLER TOLEDO supplies various data communication interfaces that enable our sensors and instruments to communicate with your PLC, MES, or ERP systems

203 203

204 Selection Criteria Load Cell / Weigh Modules Accessories Differentiation Model Multimount Ringmount Pinmount Description Full weigh module with base and top plate and rocker pin load introduction Full weigh module with base and rocker pin load introduction Full weigh module with base and top plate and rocker pin load cell Application Conveyor scales, tank weighing, hopper weighing, scale conversion Low profile conveyor scales, tank weighing, hopper weighing, scale conversion Conveyor scales, tank weighing, hopper weighing, scale conversion Accuracy excellent excellent excellent Vibration damping Optional Dampening Pads Optional Thermal Pads Optional Dampening Pads Optional Thermal Pads Resistance to thermal conduction Lift-Off protection yes yes yes Optional Dampening Pads Optional Thermal Pads Horizontal movement for thermal expansion wide wide wide Restoring force yes yes yes Horizontal fixing to avoid fall over yes yes yes Full solution yes yes yes 204

205 Weigh Module or Load Cell which Accessory? It depends on how much integration and engineering one is willing to do. The load cell + accessory ensures proper load introduction but leaves system alignment, system checking and other safety relevant functions to the integrator. The weigh module provides a full solution with safety functions incorporated. Gagemount 0745A + EK Weigh module with Load receiver with base and top plate and rocker pin and sealing rocker pin load cell 0745A + EVK Flange with rubber cushion, rocker pin and sealing MTB + Ball/Cup Upper and lower receiver with ball MTB + EVK Rubber cushion with threaded upper and lower mounting Tank weighing, hopper weighing, scale conversion Static loading - little vibration or shock, accurate weighing Vibration, shock loading, accurate weighing Static loading - little vibration or shock, accurate weighing Vibration, shock loading, basic weighing excellent excellent good excellent good no no yes no yes no no no no no responsibility on customer responsibility on customer responsibility on customer responsibility on customer within rubber limits wide wide wide wide wide yes yes high yes high responsibility on customer responsibility on customer responsibility on customer responsibility on customer no no no no no within rubber limits 205

206 Global Services Essential Services to Support Your Success Just what, when and where it meets your needs The successful integration of weighing technology depends on your expertise, but may sometimes benefit from additional know-how, tools, training or skilled hands. METTLER TOLEDO can supply services and support when and where you need it, from tips for improving performance to hands-on, on-site service on the other side of the world. Local Application, Integration and Testing Support We know the intricate details and techniques for optimum application and configuration of the weighing components we sell. Call on us to assist with support and services to ensure performance to specification and regulatory requirements. Installation, Configuration and Calibration at Destination When you ship your products and systems to the end of the earth, we are at your service. When you inform us of the installation location, we can prearrange destination service support, ensuring on-site readiness, performance and compliance. Lifetime Preventative Maintenance, Calibration and Repair Our global service presence allows you to plan ahead to make certain that your equipment delivers dependable performance and complies with your customers requirements. METTLER TOLEDO has the largest global network of factory-trained service providers 206

207 Determine the level of support and the services desired The level of local support and on-site services that you and your customer require must be consistent with your service model and are often determined by the degree of integration of the weighing component into your product or system. When components are highly integrated into a proprietary product When our component looses its independent identity as an integral part of your product, we can best support you locally with: Recommendations for component performance optimization Engineering support for component mechanical integration Technical assistance for component interfacing and configuration Supply of service documentation and spare parts Training for your support and service personnel Helpdesk support to resolve a technical problem with our component When components are integrated into a system When our component maintains its independent identity as part of your system solution, we can offer support on: Component selection and application engineering support Consultation on complying with export market regulatory requirements Documentation and advice on component placement and mounting Specifications, software and help with interfacing and communications You and your customer also have a range of on-site service options: Installation, testing and initial calibration and certification services System start-up support for weighing performance verification Coordination with local, governmental approval agencies if needed Preventative maintenance, calibration and certification agreements User and maintenance training programs You decide what is right for you and your customer Planning for the support and services that you initially require or as a contingency for the future is the key to success. The depth, breath and global presence of our service and support resources are unparalleled. Tell us your needs and we will do our best to ensure your success. ISO/IEC17025 Accredited Service Organizations Results, not promises 207

208 Selection Criteria Correct Installation Made Easy Increasing Life Span and Precision METTLER TOLEDO offers an extensive range of accessories for weighing modules and weighing cells. Correct installation is thus simplified and the consequences of harmful environmental influences reduced. Thermal pads Thermal pads are used in the case of hot tanks. They protect the weighing cell from temperature load caused by convection, thereby increasing accuracy and the life span of the system. They also operate effectively when the temperatures of the tank medium fluctuate on a frequent basis. The temperature amplitude in the weighing cell drops and accuracy thereby increases. The effect of the pads is significant, as the thermal guide number is lower by up to factor , depending on the steel grade. A 25 mm thick pad consisting of PEI therefore operates in a similar manner to a 14 m thick steel plate. Thermal pads are inserted between the base of the tank and weighing module or between the base of the tank and distance plate. If a distance plate is necessary, it is included in the delivery. METTLER TOLEDO offers two versions of thermal pads: Consisting of polyesterimide PEI material, can be used up to 170 C, thermal conductivity of 0.12 W/m/K Consisting of acetal material, can be used up to 82 C, thermal conductivity of 0.23 W/m/K Mechanical pads Mechanical pads are used for reducing load peaks in the case of decreasing loads or vibrations. This effect is achieved through the installation of a relatively soft material with high internal damping. The damping effect of the mechanical pad is around 7 times higher than with steel. During extreme load peaks, an unloading of the weighing cell during loading shall also be provided Mechanical pads are inserted between the base of the tank and weighing module or between the base of the tank and distance plate. If a distance plate is necessary, it is included in the delivery. METTLER TOLEDO offers two versions of mechanical pads: Consisting of FABREEKA material, can be used up to 95 C, damping factor of

209 Fixed bearings Fixed bearings are mechanical clones of weighing modules without movable or active parts. Fixed bearings can be used when monitoring the filling level of liquids. A very economical solution is achieved through saving active weighing points. The associated target accuracy is in the range of approx. 0.5 % and is therefore always significantly more precise than most other technologies designed for monitoring the filling level of liquids. Usage with solids is not recommended, as the center of gravity in such systems moves horizontally and accuracy can fluctuate greatly. If the requirements for accuracy are greater than 0.5%, fixed bearings are generally no longer recommended. In the case of high temperature fluctuations, e.g. outdoors, it would be better to replace fixed bearings with weighing modules with dummy weighing cells, as constraining forces would otherwise become too great. A further application for fixed bearings is during the installation of a tank system. Fixed bearings can replace more sensitive weighing modules during this stage and can be replaced by active weighing modules at a later date. This has proven particularly successful in the case of installation by less experienced personnel. Dummy weighing cells Dummy weighing cells are mechanical clones of the weighing cell without metrological features, therefore also excluding cables. They are used to protect the weighing cells during the installation stage, as they are significantly more robust, meaning that there is minimal risk of untrained personnel causing damage to them. The following is common: defective weighing cells as a result of welding currents, which would not pose a risk in the case of dummy cells. The dummy weighing cells are then replaced by active cells at a later date. Dummy weighing cells can also be used when monitoring the filling level of liquids. Although they require the weighing module hardware, making them less economical than fixed bearings, they provide a temperature fluctuation similarly to weighing modules. In the case of large tanks or high temperature fluctuations, passive points are thus better realized with dummy weighing cells rather than with fixed bearings, in order to keep constraining forces to a minimum. The associated target accuracy is in the range of approx. 0.5 % and is therefore always significantly more precise than most other technologies designed for monitoring the filling level of liquids. Usage with solids is not recommended, as the center of gravity in such systems moves horizontally and accuracy can fluctuate greatly. If the requirements for accuracy are greater than 0.5%, dummy weighing cells and fixed bearings are generally no longer recommended. Distance plate Distance plates are practical for instances where tanks cannot be lifted. If a weighing cell is defective, lifting the tank is necessary for many weighing modules. This can be avoided with the distance plate. Only the weighing module is unloaded and the distance plate is pulled out. The resulting space is sufficient for replacing the weighing cells without having to lift the tank significantly. In some cases, distance plates are also necessary when using pads in order to protect the upper plate of the weighing module from too high a level of deflection. In this case, the distance plate is included in the scope of delivery of the pads. 209

210 EK (Expansion Kit) and ball/cup load transmissions Selection Criteria These installation parts support the correct application of the weighing cell. The load transmission has a significant influence on both accuracy and life span of weighing cells. The EK and ball/cup accessories allow for the ideal load transmission at simultaneously minimum constraining forces, particularly through temperature strain. Consequently, the highest level of accuracy is achieved with these accessories. All parts are hardened and made from stainless steel in order to ensure a long life span. If applicable, seals protect sensitive contact surfaces. Safety measures such as horizontal stops or lift protection, which may be necessary, are to be carried out by the customer. EVK (Expansion Vibration Kit) These installation parts support the correct application of the weighing cell. The load transmission has a significant influence on both accuracy and life span of weighing cells. The EVK accessories allow for ideal load transmission at simultaneously minimum constraining forces, particularly through temperature strain. In addition, the integrated rubber pad provides damping for vibrations or decreasing loads. High levels of accuracy are achieved with these accessories, however, such levels are somewhat lower than with EKs due to higher constraining forces. All parts are hardened and made from stainless steel in order to ensure a long life span. If applicable, seals protect sensitive contact surfaces. Safety measures such as horizontal stops or lift protection, which may be necessary, are to be carried out by the customer. BPK (Base Plate Kit) With the BPK, the weighing cell can be safely assembled on concrete or basic steel frames. BPKs enable the fixing of weighing cells to materials with little sturdiness, such as concrete or steel with poor surface quality. While on the one hand weighing cells must be tightly screwed down to a precise level, on the other hand they also place stringent demands on the quality of the contact surface. A high level of surface roughness has a negative effect on both accuracy and life span. If the strength of the base is too low, the screws will not be secured and may come loose. Using the BPK is thus recommended, for instances when such parameters cannot be controlled. A BPK contains the base plate with surfaces machined to a defined degree, screws consisting of the correct strength, disks and distance elements. 210

211 Download English, Deutsch, Español, Français, Italiano, 日本語 You can order this catalog or download content under: 211

212 Knowledge and Tools for Effective Solutions METTLER TOLEDO provides a wealth of free tools and documentation about the latest techniques, how to optimize applications and for training. Our Website is a great resource for know-how and best practice, such as industry magazines, online library, white papers, and webinars. METTLER TOLEDO Newsletter portal: } METTLER TOLEDO White Paper portal: } METTLER TOLEDO Webinar portal: Mettler-Toledo AG Industrial Division CH-8606 Nänikon, Switzerland Local contact: METTLER TOLEDO Library portal: } } } } } } } OEM & System Integration Weighing Components Stop Vibrations From Harming Your Quality A food producer could not risk unreliable weight results due to vibrating mixers used in its production process. An upgrade to new innovative weigh modules helped the company ensure consistent quality and improved productivity. For consistently delicious ready-made Self-aligning weigh modules macaroni and cheese, it s critical to use ensure accuracy the right amount of each ingredient in The Antibus Scales team came to each batch. us with the new MultiMount weigh modules from METTLER TOLEDO Kettle Creations, an American food manufacturer, saw its weigh modules gener- Grant. These self-aligning weigh mod- as a solution to our problem, says ating incorrect results because vibrations ules are designed for dynamic weighing applications, allowing movement from the mixer set the weigh modules loose. Therefore, the company had to while still ensuring accura cy and repeatability. increase efforts for quality control and extend cycle times. The MultiMount weigh modules allow That s why Kevin Grant, maintenance the mixer inside the vessel to vibrate supervisor for Kettle Creations, called without causing damage to the weigh on Scott Clark from Antibus Scales modules, ensuring weighing accuracy. and Systems, an experienced METTLER Now, we have both lateral motion TOLEDO distributor, to solve this and suspension issues under control, problem. says Grant. 12 News September ind-weighing-components You can order this catalog or download content in English, Deutsch, Español, Français, Italiano, 日本語 under: For more information METTLER TOLEDO Weighing Components 2010/11 Subject to technical changes 10/2014 Mettler-Toledo AG